Go to most recent revision | Details | Last modification | View Log | RSS feed
| Rev | Author | Line No. | Line |
|---|---|---|---|
| 30 | mjames | 1 | /** |
| 2 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
| 3 | * @file stm32l1xx_hal_tim.c |
||
| 4 | * @author MCD Application Team |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5 | * @brief TIM HAL module driver. |
| 30 | mjames | 6 | * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following |
| 7 | * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 8 | * + TIM Time Base Initialization |
| 9 | * + TIM Time Base Start |
||
| 10 | * + TIM Time Base Start Interruption |
||
| 11 | * + TIM Time Base Start DMA |
||
| 12 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Initialization |
||
| 13 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration |
||
| 14 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start |
||
| 15 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption |
||
| 16 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start DMA |
||
| 17 | * + TIM Input Capture Initialization |
||
| 18 | * + TIM Input Capture Channel Configuration |
||
| 19 | * + TIM Input Capture Start |
||
| 20 | * + TIM Input Capture Start Interruption |
||
| 21 | * + TIM Input Capture Start DMA |
||
| 22 | * + TIM One Pulse Initialization |
||
| 23 | * + TIM One Pulse Channel Configuration |
||
| 24 | * + TIM One Pulse Start |
||
| 25 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Initialization |
||
| 26 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Start |
||
| 27 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Start Interruption |
||
| 28 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Start DMA |
||
| 30 | mjames | 29 | * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA |
| 50 | mjames | 30 | * + TIM OCRef clear configuration |
| 31 | * + TIM External Clock configuration |
||
| 30 | mjames | 32 | @verbatim |
| 33 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 34 | ##### TIMER Generic features ##### |
||
| 35 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 36 | [..] The Timer features include: |
||
| 37 | (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter. |
||
| 38 | (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the |
||
| 39 | counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536. |
||
| 40 | (#) Up to 4 independent channels for: |
||
| 41 | (++) Input Capture |
||
| 42 | (++) Output Compare |
||
| 43 | (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) |
||
| 44 | (++) One-pulse mode output |
||
| 45 | (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect |
||
| 50 | mjames | 46 | several timers together. |
| 47 | (#) Supports incremental encoder for positioning purposes |
||
| 30 | mjames | 48 | |
| 49 | ##### How to use this driver ##### |
||
| 50 | mjames | 50 | ============================================================================== |
| 30 | mjames | 51 | [..] |
| 52 | (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions |
||
| 50 | mjames | 53 | depending on the selected feature: |
| 30 | mjames | 54 | (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit() |
| 55 | (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit() |
||
| 56 | (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() |
||
| 57 | (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() |
||
| 58 | (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() |
||
| 59 | (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit() |
||
| 60 | |||
| 61 | (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : |
||
| 62 | (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); |
||
| 63 | (##) TIM pins configuration |
||
| 64 | (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: |
||
| 65 | __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); |
||
| 66 | (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); |
||
| 67 | |||
| 68 | (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the |
||
| 69 | internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: |
||
| 70 | HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before |
||
| 71 | any start function. |
||
| 72 | |||
| 73 | (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the |
||
| 74 | Initialization function of this driver: |
||
| 75 | (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base |
||
| 76 | (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an |
||
| 77 | Output Compare signal. |
||
| 78 | (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a |
||
| 79 | PWM signal. |
||
| 80 | (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an |
||
| 81 | external signal. |
||
| 82 | (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer |
||
| 83 | in One Pulse Mode. |
||
| 84 | (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface. |
||
| 85 | |||
| 86 | (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used: |
||
| 87 | (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() |
||
| 88 | (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT() |
||
| 89 | (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT() |
||
| 90 | (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT() |
||
| 91 | (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() |
||
| 92 | (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(). |
||
| 93 | |||
| 94 | (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions: |
||
| 95 | HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart() |
||
| 96 | HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart() |
||
| 97 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 98 | *** Callback registration *** |
| 99 | ============================================= |
||
| 100 | |||
| 101 | [..] |
||
| 102 | The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 |
||
| 103 | allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. |
||
| 104 | |||
| 105 | [..] |
||
| 106 | Use Function @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() to register a callback. |
||
| 107 | @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, |
||
| 108 | the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. |
||
| 109 | |||
| 110 | [..] |
||
| 111 | Use function @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default |
||
| 112 | weak function. |
||
| 113 | @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, |
||
| 114 | and the Callback ID. |
||
| 115 | |||
| 116 | [..] |
||
| 117 | These functions allow to register/unregister following callbacks: |
||
| 118 | (+) Base_MspInitCallback : TIM Base Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 119 | (+) Base_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Base Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 120 | (+) IC_MspInitCallback : TIM IC Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 121 | (+) IC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM IC Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 122 | (+) OC_MspInitCallback : TIM OC Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 123 | (+) OC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM OC Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 124 | (+) PWM_MspInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 125 | (+) PWM_MspDeInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 126 | (+) OnePulse_MspInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 127 | (+) OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 128 | (+) Encoder_MspInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 129 | (+) Encoder_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 130 | (+) PeriodElapsedCallback : TIM Period Elapsed Callback. |
||
| 131 | (+) PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback : TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback. |
||
| 132 | (+) TriggerCallback : TIM Trigger Callback. |
||
| 133 | (+) TriggerHalfCpltCallback : TIM Trigger half complete Callback. |
||
| 134 | (+) IC_CaptureCallback : TIM Input Capture Callback. |
||
| 135 | (+) IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback : TIM Input Capture half complete Callback. |
||
| 136 | (+) OC_DelayElapsedCallback : TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback. |
||
| 137 | (+) PWM_PulseFinishedCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback. |
||
| 138 | (+) PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback. |
||
| 139 | (+) ErrorCallback : TIM Error Callback. |
||
| 140 | |||
| 141 | [..] |
||
| 142 | By default, after the Init and when the state is HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET |
||
| 143 | all interrupt callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions: |
||
| 144 | examples @ref HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(), @ref HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(). |
||
| 145 | |||
| 146 | [..] |
||
| 147 | Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak |
||
| 148 | functionalities in the Init / DeInit only when these callbacks are null |
||
| 149 | (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the Init / DeInit |
||
| 150 | keep and use the user MspInit / MspDeInit callbacks(registered beforehand) |
||
| 151 | |||
| 152 | [..] |
||
| 153 | Callbacks can be registered / unregistered in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY state only. |
||
| 154 | Exception done MspInit / MspDeInit that can be registered / unregistered |
||
| 155 | in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY or HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET state, |
||
| 156 | thus registered(user) MspInit / DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init / DeInit. |
||
| 157 | In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks |
||
| 158 | using @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() before calling DeInit or Init function. |
||
| 159 | |||
| 160 | [..] |
||
| 161 | When The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or |
||
| 162 | not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks |
||
| 163 | are set to the corresponding weak functions. |
||
| 164 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 165 | @endverbatim |
| 166 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
| 167 | * @attention |
||
| 168 | * |
||
| 50 | mjames | 169 | * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. |
| 170 | * All rights reserved.</center></h2> |
||
| 30 | mjames | 171 | * |
| 50 | mjames | 172 | * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, |
| 173 | * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the |
||
| 174 | * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: |
||
| 175 | * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause |
||
| 30 | mjames | 176 | * |
| 177 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
| 178 | */ |
||
| 179 | |||
| 180 | /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 181 | #include "stm32l1xx_hal.h" |
||
| 182 | |||
| 183 | /** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver |
||
| 184 | * @{ |
||
| 185 | */ |
||
| 186 | |||
| 187 | /** @defgroup TIM TIM |
||
| 188 | * @brief TIM HAL module driver |
||
| 189 | * @{ |
||
| 190 | */ |
||
| 191 | |||
| 192 | #ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED |
||
| 193 | |||
| 194 | /* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 195 | /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 196 | /* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
| 30 | mjames | 197 | /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ |
| 198 | /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 199 | /** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions |
| 30 | mjames | 200 | * @{ |
| 201 | */ |
||
| 202 | static void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure); |
||
| 203 | static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
| 204 | static void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
| 205 | static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
| 206 | static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 207 | static void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
| 208 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 209 | static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
| 50 | mjames | 210 | static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
| 211 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 212 | static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
| 50 | mjames | 213 | static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
| 214 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 215 | static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 216 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 217 | static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource); |
||
| 218 | static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, |
||
| 219 | uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter); |
||
| 220 | static void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 221 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
| 50 | mjames | 222 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
| 61 | mjames | 223 | static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
| 224 | static void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 225 | static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
| 50 | mjames | 226 | static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
| 227 | static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
||
| 228 | TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 229 | /** |
| 50 | mjames | 230 | * @} |
| 30 | mjames | 231 | */ |
| 50 | mjames | 232 | /* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ |
| 30 | mjames | 233 | |
| 234 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions |
||
| 235 | * @{ |
||
| 236 | */ |
||
| 237 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 238 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 TIM Time Base functions |
| 239 | * @brief Time Base functions |
||
| 240 | * |
||
| 30 | mjames | 241 | @verbatim |
| 242 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 243 | ##### Time Base functions ##### |
||
| 244 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 245 | [..] |
||
| 246 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 247 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base. |
||
| 248 | (+) De-initialize the TIM base. |
||
| 249 | (+) Start the Time Base. |
||
| 250 | (+) Stop the Time Base. |
||
| 251 | (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt. |
||
| 252 | (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt. |
||
| 253 | (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 254 | (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 255 | |||
| 256 | @endverbatim |
||
| 257 | * @{ |
||
| 258 | */ |
||
| 259 | /** |
||
| 260 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified |
||
| 50 | mjames | 261 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. |
| 262 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 263 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 264 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 265 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Base_Init() |
||
| 266 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 267 | * @retval HAL status |
| 268 | */ |
||
| 269 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 270 | { |
||
| 271 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 272 | if (htim == NULL) |
| 30 | mjames | 273 | { |
| 274 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 275 | } |
||
| 276 | |||
| 277 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 278 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 279 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 280 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 281 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
| 30 | mjames | 282 | |
| 50 | mjames | 283 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 284 | { |
| 285 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 286 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 287 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 288 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 289 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 290 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 291 | |||
| 292 | if (htim->Base_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 293 | { |
||
| 294 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; |
||
| 295 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 296 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
| 50 | mjames | 297 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback(htim); |
| 298 | #else |
||
| 299 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 30 | mjames | 300 | HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim); |
| 50 | mjames | 301 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 302 | } |
| 303 | |||
| 304 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 305 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 306 | |
| 307 | /* Set the Time Base configuration */ |
||
| 308 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 309 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 310 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 311 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 312 | |||
| 313 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 314 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 315 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 316 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
| 50 | mjames | 317 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 30 | mjames | 318 | |
| 319 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 320 | } |
||
| 321 | |||
| 322 | /** |
||
| 323 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral |
||
| 50 | mjames | 324 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 30 | mjames | 325 | * @retval HAL status |
| 326 | */ |
||
| 327 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 328 | { |
||
| 329 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 330 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 331 | |||
| 332 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 333 | |||
| 334 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 335 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 336 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 337 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 338 | if (htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 339 | { |
||
| 340 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; |
||
| 341 | } |
||
| 342 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 343 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 344 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 345 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
| 346 | HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 347 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 348 | |
| 50 | mjames | 349 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 350 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 351 | |||
| 352 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 353 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 354 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 355 | /* Change TIM state */ |
| 356 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 357 | |||
| 358 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 359 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 360 | |||
| 361 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 362 | } |
||
| 363 | |||
| 364 | /** |
||
| 365 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 366 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 30 | mjames | 367 | * @retval None |
| 368 | */ |
||
| 369 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 370 | { |
||
| 371 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 372 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 373 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 374 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 30 | mjames | 375 | the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 376 | */ |
||
| 377 | } |
||
| 378 | |||
| 379 | /** |
||
| 380 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 381 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 30 | mjames | 382 | * @retval None |
| 383 | */ |
||
| 384 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 385 | { |
||
| 386 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 387 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 388 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 389 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 30 | mjames | 390 | the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 391 | */ |
||
| 392 | } |
||
| 393 | |||
| 394 | |||
| 395 | /** |
||
| 396 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 397 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 30 | mjames | 398 | * @retval HAL status |
| 50 | mjames | 399 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 400 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 401 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 402 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 403 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 404 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 405 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 406 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 407 | /* Check the TIM state */ |
| 408 | if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
| 409 | { |
||
| 410 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 411 | } |
||
| 412 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 413 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
| 50 | mjames | 414 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 415 | |
| 50 | mjames | 416 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 417 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 418 | { |
||
| 419 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 420 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 421 | { |
||
| 422 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 423 | } |
||
| 424 | } |
||
| 425 | else |
||
| 426 | { |
||
| 427 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 428 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 429 | |
| 430 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 431 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 432 | } |
||
| 433 | |||
| 434 | /** |
||
| 435 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 436 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 30 | mjames | 437 | * @retval HAL status |
| 50 | mjames | 438 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 439 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 440 | { |
||
| 441 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 442 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 443 | |||
| 444 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 445 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 446 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 447 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
| 448 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 449 | |
| 450 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 451 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 452 | } |
||
| 453 | |||
| 454 | /** |
||
| 455 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 456 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 30 | mjames | 457 | * @retval HAL status |
| 50 | mjames | 458 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 459 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 460 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 461 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 462 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 463 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 464 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 465 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 466 | /* Check the TIM state */ |
| 467 | if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
| 468 | { |
||
| 469 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 470 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 471 | |
| 50 | mjames | 472 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
| 473 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 474 | |
| 50 | mjames | 475 | /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */ |
| 476 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
| 477 | |||
| 478 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 479 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 480 | { |
||
| 481 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 482 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 483 | { |
||
| 484 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 485 | } |
||
| 486 | } |
||
| 487 | else |
||
| 488 | { |
||
| 489 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 490 | } |
||
| 491 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 492 | /* Return function status */ |
| 493 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 494 | } |
||
| 495 | |||
| 496 | /** |
||
| 497 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 498 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 30 | mjames | 499 | * @retval HAL status |
| 50 | mjames | 500 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 501 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 502 | { |
||
| 503 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 504 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 61 | mjames | 505 | |
| 30 | mjames | 506 | /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */ |
| 507 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
| 508 | |||
| 509 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 510 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 511 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 512 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
| 513 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 514 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 515 | /* Return function status */ |
| 516 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 517 | } |
||
| 518 | |||
| 519 | /** |
||
| 520 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 521 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 522 | * @param pData The source Buffer address. |
||
| 523 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 524 | * @retval HAL status |
| 50 | mjames | 525 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 526 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
| 527 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 528 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 529 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 530 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 531 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 532 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 533 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
| 534 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 535 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 536 | return HAL_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 537 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 538 | else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
| 30 | mjames | 539 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 540 | if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
| 30 | mjames | 541 | { |
| 542 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 543 | } |
||
| 544 | else |
||
| 545 | { |
||
| 546 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 547 | } |
||
| 548 | } |
||
| 549 | else |
||
| 550 | { |
||
| 551 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 552 | } |
||
| 553 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 554 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 555 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 556 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 557 | |
| 558 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 559 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 560 | |||
| 561 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 562 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, |
| 563 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 564 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 565 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 566 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 567 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 568 | |
| 569 | /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
| 570 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); |
||
| 571 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 572 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 573 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 574 | { |
||
| 575 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 576 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 577 | { |
||
| 578 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 579 | } |
||
| 580 | } |
||
| 581 | else |
||
| 582 | { |
||
| 583 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 584 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 585 | |
| 586 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 587 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 588 | } |
||
| 589 | |||
| 590 | /** |
||
| 591 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 592 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 30 | mjames | 593 | * @retval HAL status |
| 50 | mjames | 594 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 595 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 596 | { |
||
| 597 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 598 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 599 | |||
| 600 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
| 601 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); |
||
| 602 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 603 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); |
| 604 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 605 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
| 606 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 607 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 608 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
| 30 | mjames | 609 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 610 | |||
| 611 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 612 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 613 | } |
||
| 614 | |||
| 615 | /** |
||
| 616 | * @} |
||
| 617 | */ |
||
| 618 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 619 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 TIM Output Compare functions |
| 620 | * @brief TIM Output Compare functions |
||
| 621 | * |
||
| 30 | mjames | 622 | @verbatim |
| 623 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 50 | mjames | 624 | ##### TIM Output Compare functions ##### |
| 30 | mjames | 625 | ============================================================================== |
| 626 | [..] |
||
| 627 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 628 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare. |
||
| 629 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 630 | (+) Start the TIM Output Compare. |
| 631 | (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare. |
||
| 632 | (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable interrupt. |
||
| 633 | (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable interrupt. |
||
| 634 | (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 635 | (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 636 | |
| 637 | @endverbatim |
||
| 638 | * @{ |
||
| 639 | */ |
||
| 640 | /** |
||
| 641 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified |
||
| 50 | mjames | 642 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
| 643 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 644 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 645 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 646 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OC_Init() |
||
| 647 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 648 | * @retval HAL status |
| 649 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 650 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 30 | mjames | 651 | { |
| 652 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 653 | if (htim == NULL) |
| 30 | mjames | 654 | { |
| 655 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 656 | } |
||
| 657 | |||
| 658 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 659 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 660 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 661 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 662 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
| 30 | mjames | 663 | |
| 50 | mjames | 664 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 665 | { |
| 666 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 667 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 668 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 669 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 670 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 671 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 672 | |||
| 673 | if (htim->OC_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 674 | { |
||
| 675 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; |
||
| 676 | } |
||
| 677 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 678 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 679 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 680 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 681 | HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 682 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 683 | } |
| 684 | |||
| 685 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 686 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 687 | |
| 688 | /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */ |
||
| 689 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 690 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 691 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 692 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 693 | |||
| 694 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 695 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 696 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 697 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
| 50 | mjames | 698 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 30 | mjames | 699 | |
| 700 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 701 | } |
||
| 702 | |||
| 703 | /** |
||
| 704 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
| 50 | mjames | 705 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 30 | mjames | 706 | * @retval HAL status |
| 707 | */ |
||
| 708 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 709 | { |
||
| 710 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 711 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 712 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 713 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 714 | |
| 715 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 716 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 717 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 718 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 719 | if (htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 720 | { |
||
| 721 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; |
||
| 722 | } |
||
| 723 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 724 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 725 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 726 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 727 | HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 728 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 729 | |
| 50 | mjames | 730 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 731 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 732 | |||
| 733 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 734 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 735 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 736 | /* Change TIM state */ |
| 737 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 738 | |||
| 739 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 740 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 741 | |||
| 742 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 743 | } |
||
| 744 | |||
| 745 | /** |
||
| 746 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 747 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 30 | mjames | 748 | * @retval None |
| 749 | */ |
||
| 750 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 751 | { |
||
| 752 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 753 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 754 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 755 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 30 | mjames | 756 | the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 757 | */ |
||
| 758 | } |
||
| 759 | |||
| 760 | /** |
||
| 761 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 762 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 30 | mjames | 763 | * @retval None |
| 764 | */ |
||
| 765 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 766 | { |
||
| 767 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 768 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 769 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 770 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 30 | mjames | 771 | the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 772 | */ |
||
| 773 | } |
||
| 774 | |||
| 775 | /** |
||
| 776 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 777 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 778 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 779 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 780 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 781 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 782 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 783 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 784 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 785 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 786 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 787 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 788 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 789 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 790 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 791 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 792 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 793 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
| 794 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 795 | { |
||
| 796 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 797 | } |
||
| 798 | |||
| 799 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 800 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 801 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 802 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
| 803 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 804 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 805 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 806 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 807 | { |
||
| 808 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 809 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 810 | { |
||
| 811 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 812 | } |
||
| 813 | } |
||
| 814 | else |
||
| 815 | { |
||
| 816 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 817 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 818 | |
| 819 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 820 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 821 | } |
||
| 822 | |||
| 823 | /** |
||
| 824 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 825 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 826 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 827 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 828 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 829 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 830 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 831 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 832 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 833 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 834 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 835 | { |
||
| 836 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 837 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 838 | |||
| 839 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 840 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 841 | |||
| 842 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 843 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 844 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 845 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 846 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 847 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 848 | /* Return function status */ |
| 849 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 850 | } |
||
| 851 | |||
| 852 | /** |
||
| 853 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 854 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 855 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 856 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 857 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 858 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 859 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 860 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 861 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 862 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 863 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 864 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 865 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 866 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 867 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 868 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 869 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 870 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
| 871 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 872 | { |
||
| 873 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 874 | } |
||
| 875 | |||
| 876 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 877 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 878 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 879 | switch (Channel) |
| 880 | { |
||
| 881 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 882 | { |
||
| 883 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 884 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 885 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 886 | } |
| 887 | |||
| 888 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 889 | { |
||
| 890 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 891 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 892 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 893 | } |
| 894 | |||
| 895 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 896 | { |
||
| 897 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 898 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 899 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 900 | } |
| 901 | |||
| 902 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 903 | { |
||
| 904 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 905 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 906 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 907 | } |
| 908 | |||
| 909 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 910 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 911 | } |
| 912 | |||
| 913 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 914 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 915 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 916 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 917 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 918 | { |
||
| 919 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 920 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 921 | { |
||
| 922 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 923 | } |
||
| 924 | } |
||
| 925 | else |
||
| 926 | { |
||
| 927 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 928 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 929 | |
| 930 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 931 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 932 | } |
||
| 933 | |||
| 934 | /** |
||
| 935 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 936 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 937 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 938 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 939 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 940 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 941 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 942 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 943 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 944 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 945 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 946 | { |
||
| 947 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 948 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 949 | |||
| 950 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 951 | { |
||
| 952 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 953 | { |
||
| 954 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 955 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 956 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 957 | } |
| 958 | |||
| 959 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 960 | { |
||
| 961 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 962 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 963 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 964 | } |
| 965 | |||
| 966 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 967 | { |
||
| 968 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 969 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 970 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 971 | } |
| 972 | |||
| 973 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 974 | { |
||
| 975 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 976 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 977 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 978 | } |
| 979 | |||
| 980 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 981 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 982 | } |
| 983 | |||
| 984 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 985 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 986 | |||
| 987 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 988 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 989 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 990 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 991 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 992 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 993 | /* Return function status */ |
| 994 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 995 | } |
||
| 996 | |||
| 997 | /** |
||
| 998 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 999 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 1000 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1001 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1002 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1003 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1004 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1005 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1006 | * @param pData The source Buffer address. |
| 1007 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1008 | * @retval HAL status |
| 50 | mjames | 1009 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1010 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
| 1011 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1012 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 1013 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 1014 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 1015 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1016 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1017 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 1018 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1019 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 1020 | return HAL_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 1021 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 1022 | else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
| 30 | mjames | 1023 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 1024 | if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
| 30 | mjames | 1025 | { |
| 1026 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1027 | } |
||
| 1028 | else |
||
| 1029 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1030 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
| 30 | mjames | 1031 | } |
| 1032 | } |
||
| 1033 | else |
||
| 1034 | { |
||
| 1035 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1036 | } |
||
| 1037 | |||
| 1038 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1039 | { |
||
| 1040 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1041 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1042 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1043 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 1044 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 1045 | |
| 1046 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1047 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1048 | |||
| 1049 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 1050 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, |
| 1051 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1052 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 1053 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 1054 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 1055 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1056 | |
| 1057 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1058 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1059 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1060 | } |
| 1061 | |||
| 1062 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1063 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1064 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1065 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 1066 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 1067 | |
| 1068 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1069 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1070 | |||
| 1071 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 1072 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, |
| 1073 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1074 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 1075 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 1076 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 1077 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1078 | |
| 1079 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 1080 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1081 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1082 | } |
| 1083 | |||
| 1084 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1085 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1086 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1087 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 1088 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 1089 | |
| 1090 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1091 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1092 | |||
| 1093 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 1094 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, |
| 1095 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1096 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 1097 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 1098 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 1099 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1100 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
| 1101 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1102 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1103 | } |
| 1104 | |||
| 1105 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1106 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1107 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1108 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 1109 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 1110 | |
| 1111 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1112 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1113 | |||
| 1114 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 1115 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, |
| 1116 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1117 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 1118 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 1119 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 1120 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1121 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
| 1122 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1123 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1124 | } |
| 1125 | |||
| 1126 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1127 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1128 | } |
| 1129 | |||
| 1130 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 1131 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1132 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1133 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 1134 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 1135 | { |
||
| 1136 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 1137 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 1138 | { |
||
| 1139 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1140 | } |
||
| 1141 | } |
||
| 1142 | else |
||
| 1143 | { |
||
| 1144 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1145 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1146 | |
| 1147 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1148 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1149 | } |
||
| 1150 | |||
| 1151 | /** |
||
| 1152 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1153 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 1154 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1155 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1156 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1157 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1158 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1159 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1160 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1161 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1162 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 1163 | { |
||
| 1164 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1165 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1166 | |||
| 1167 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1168 | { |
||
| 1169 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1170 | { |
||
| 1171 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1172 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1173 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
| 1174 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1175 | } |
| 1176 | |||
| 1177 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1178 | { |
||
| 1179 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 1180 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1181 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
| 1182 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1183 | } |
| 1184 | |||
| 1185 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1186 | { |
||
| 1187 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 1188 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1189 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
| 1190 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1191 | } |
| 1192 | |||
| 1193 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1194 | { |
||
| 1195 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1196 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1197 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
| 1198 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1199 | } |
| 1200 | |||
| 1201 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1202 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1203 | } |
| 1204 | |||
| 1205 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 1206 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1207 | |||
| 1208 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1209 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1210 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1211 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 1212 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1213 | |
| 1214 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1215 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1216 | } |
||
| 1217 | |||
| 1218 | /** |
||
| 1219 | * @} |
||
| 1220 | */ |
||
| 1221 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1222 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 TIM PWM functions |
| 1223 | * @brief TIM PWM functions |
||
| 1224 | * |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1225 | @verbatim |
| 1226 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1227 | ##### TIM PWM functions ##### |
| 30 | mjames | 1228 | ============================================================================== |
| 1229 | [..] |
||
| 1230 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 1231 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM. |
||
| 1232 | (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1233 | (+) Start the TIM PWM. |
| 1234 | (+) Stop the TIM PWM. |
||
| 1235 | (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable interrupt. |
||
| 1236 | (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable interrupt. |
||
| 1237 | (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 1238 | (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1239 | |
| 1240 | @endverbatim |
||
| 1241 | * @{ |
||
| 1242 | */ |
||
| 1243 | /** |
||
| 1244 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1245 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
| 1246 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 1247 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 1248 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 1249 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_PWM_Init() |
||
| 1250 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1251 | * @retval HAL status |
| 1252 | */ |
||
| 1253 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1254 | { |
||
| 1255 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1256 | if (htim == NULL) |
| 30 | mjames | 1257 | { |
| 1258 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1259 | } |
||
| 1260 | |||
| 1261 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1262 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1263 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 1264 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1265 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
| 30 | mjames | 1266 | |
| 50 | mjames | 1267 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 1268 | { |
| 1269 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 1270 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 1271 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1272 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 1273 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 1274 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 1275 | |||
| 1276 | if (htim->PWM_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 1277 | { |
||
| 1278 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; |
||
| 1279 | } |
||
| 1280 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 1281 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 1282 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1283 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 1284 | HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1285 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1286 | } |
| 1287 | |||
| 1288 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1289 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 1290 | |
| 1291 | /* Init the base time for the PWM */ |
||
| 1292 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 1293 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1294 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 1295 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 1296 | |||
| 1297 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 1298 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 1299 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 1300 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
| 50 | mjames | 1301 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 30 | mjames | 1302 | |
| 1303 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1304 | } |
||
| 1305 | |||
| 1306 | /** |
||
| 1307 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1308 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 30 | mjames | 1309 | * @retval HAL status |
| 1310 | */ |
||
| 1311 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1312 | { |
||
| 1313 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1314 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1315 | |||
| 1316 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 1317 | |||
| 1318 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 1319 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1320 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1321 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 1322 | if (htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 1323 | { |
||
| 1324 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; |
||
| 1325 | } |
||
| 1326 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 1327 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 1328 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1329 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 1330 | HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1331 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1332 | |
| 50 | mjames | 1333 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 1334 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 1335 | |||
| 1336 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 1337 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 1338 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 1339 | /* Change TIM state */ |
| 1340 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 1341 | |||
| 1342 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 1343 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 1344 | |||
| 1345 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1346 | } |
||
| 1347 | |||
| 1348 | /** |
||
| 1349 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1350 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 30 | mjames | 1351 | * @retval None |
| 1352 | */ |
||
| 1353 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1354 | { |
||
| 1355 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 1356 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 1357 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1358 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 30 | mjames | 1359 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 1360 | */ |
||
| 1361 | } |
||
| 1362 | |||
| 1363 | /** |
||
| 1364 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1365 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 30 | mjames | 1366 | * @retval None |
| 1367 | */ |
||
| 1368 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1369 | { |
||
| 1370 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 1371 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 1372 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1373 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 30 | mjames | 1374 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 1375 | */ |
||
| 1376 | } |
||
| 1377 | |||
| 1378 | /** |
||
| 1379 | * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1380 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 1381 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1382 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1383 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1384 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1385 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1386 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1387 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1388 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1389 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 1390 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1391 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 1392 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 1393 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 1394 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1395 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1396 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
| 1397 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 1398 | { |
||
| 1399 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1400 | } |
||
| 1401 | |||
| 1402 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1403 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 1404 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 1405 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
| 1406 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1407 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1408 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 1409 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 1410 | { |
||
| 1411 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 1412 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 1413 | { |
||
| 1414 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1415 | } |
||
| 1416 | } |
||
| 1417 | else |
||
| 1418 | { |
||
| 1419 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1420 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1421 | |
| 1422 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1423 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1424 | } |
||
| 1425 | |||
| 1426 | /** |
||
| 1427 | * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1428 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 1429 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1430 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1431 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1432 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1433 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1434 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1435 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1436 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1437 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 1438 | { |
||
| 1439 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1440 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1441 | |||
| 1442 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1443 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1444 | |||
| 1445 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1446 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1447 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1448 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 1449 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1450 | |
| 1451 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1452 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1453 | } |
||
| 1454 | |||
| 1455 | /** |
||
| 1456 | * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1457 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 1458 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1459 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1460 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1461 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1462 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1463 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1464 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1465 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1466 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 1467 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1468 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 30 | mjames | 1469 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 1470 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1471 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1472 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
| 1473 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 1474 | { |
||
| 1475 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1476 | } |
||
| 1477 | |||
| 1478 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1479 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 1480 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 1481 | switch (Channel) |
| 1482 | { |
||
| 1483 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1484 | { |
||
| 1485 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 1486 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1487 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1488 | } |
| 1489 | |||
| 1490 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1491 | { |
||
| 1492 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 1493 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1494 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1495 | } |
| 1496 | |||
| 1497 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1498 | { |
||
| 1499 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 1500 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1501 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1502 | } |
| 1503 | |||
| 1504 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1505 | { |
||
| 1506 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1507 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1508 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1509 | } |
| 1510 | |||
| 1511 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1512 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1513 | } |
| 1514 | |||
| 1515 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1516 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1517 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1518 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 1519 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 1520 | { |
||
| 1521 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 1522 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 1523 | { |
||
| 1524 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1525 | } |
||
| 1526 | } |
||
| 1527 | else |
||
| 1528 | { |
||
| 1529 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1530 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1531 | |
| 1532 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1533 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1534 | } |
||
| 1535 | |||
| 1536 | /** |
||
| 1537 | * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1538 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 1539 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1540 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1541 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1542 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1543 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1544 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1545 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1546 | */ |
| 1547 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1548 | { |
| 1549 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1550 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1551 | |||
| 1552 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1553 | { |
||
| 1554 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1555 | { |
||
| 1556 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 1557 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1558 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1559 | } |
| 1560 | |||
| 1561 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1562 | { |
||
| 1563 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 1564 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1565 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1566 | } |
| 1567 | |||
| 1568 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1569 | { |
||
| 1570 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 1571 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1572 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1573 | } |
| 1574 | |||
| 1575 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1576 | { |
||
| 1577 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1578 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1579 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1580 | } |
| 1581 | |||
| 1582 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1583 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1584 | } |
| 1585 | |||
| 1586 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1587 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1588 | |||
| 1589 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1590 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1591 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1592 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 1593 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 1594 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 1595 | /* Return function status */ |
| 1596 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1597 | } |
||
| 1598 | |||
| 1599 | /** |
||
| 1600 | * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1601 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 1602 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1603 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1604 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1605 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1606 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1607 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1608 | * @param pData The source Buffer address. |
| 1609 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1610 | * @retval HAL status |
| 50 | mjames | 1611 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1612 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
| 1613 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1614 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 1615 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 1616 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 1617 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1618 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1619 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 1620 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1621 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 1622 | return HAL_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 1623 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 1624 | else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
| 30 | mjames | 1625 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 1626 | if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
| 30 | mjames | 1627 | { |
| 1628 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1629 | } |
||
| 1630 | else |
||
| 1631 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1632 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
| 30 | mjames | 1633 | } |
| 1634 | } |
||
| 1635 | else |
||
| 1636 | { |
||
| 1637 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1638 | } |
||
| 1639 | |||
| 1640 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1641 | { |
||
| 1642 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1643 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1644 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1645 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 1646 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 1647 | |
| 1648 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1649 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1650 | |||
| 1651 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 1652 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, |
| 1653 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1654 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 1655 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 1656 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 1657 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1658 | |
| 1659 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1660 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1661 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1662 | } |
| 1663 | |||
| 1664 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1665 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1666 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1667 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 1668 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 1669 | |
| 1670 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1671 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1672 | |||
| 1673 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 1674 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, |
| 1675 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1676 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 1677 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 1678 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 1679 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1680 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
| 1681 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1682 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1683 | } |
| 1684 | |||
| 1685 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1686 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1687 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1688 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 1689 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 1690 | |
| 1691 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1692 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1693 | |||
| 1694 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 1695 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, |
| 1696 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1697 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 1698 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 1699 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 1700 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1701 | /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */ |
| 1702 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1703 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1704 | } |
| 1705 | |||
| 1706 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1707 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1708 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1709 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 1710 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 1711 | |
| 1712 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1713 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1714 | |||
| 1715 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 1716 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, |
| 1717 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1718 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 1719 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 1720 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 1721 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1722 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
| 1723 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1724 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1725 | } |
| 1726 | |||
| 1727 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1728 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1729 | } |
| 1730 | |||
| 1731 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1732 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1733 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1734 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 1735 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 1736 | { |
||
| 1737 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 1738 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 1739 | { |
||
| 1740 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1741 | } |
||
| 1742 | } |
||
| 1743 | else |
||
| 1744 | { |
||
| 1745 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1746 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1747 | |
| 1748 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1749 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1750 | } |
||
| 1751 | |||
| 1752 | /** |
||
| 1753 | * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1754 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 1755 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1756 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1757 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1758 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1759 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1760 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1761 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1762 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1763 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 1764 | { |
||
| 1765 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1766 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1767 | |||
| 1768 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1769 | { |
||
| 1770 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1771 | { |
||
| 1772 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1773 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1774 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
| 1775 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1776 | } |
| 1777 | |||
| 1778 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1779 | { |
||
| 1780 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 1781 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1782 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
| 1783 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1784 | } |
| 1785 | |||
| 1786 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1787 | { |
||
| 1788 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 1789 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1790 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
| 1791 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1792 | } |
| 1793 | |||
| 1794 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1795 | { |
||
| 1796 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1797 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1798 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
| 1799 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1800 | } |
| 1801 | |||
| 1802 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1803 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 1804 | } |
| 1805 | |||
| 1806 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1807 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1808 | |||
| 1809 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1810 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1811 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1812 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 1813 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1814 | |
| 1815 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1816 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1817 | } |
||
| 1818 | |||
| 1819 | /** |
||
| 1820 | * @} |
||
| 1821 | */ |
||
| 1822 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1823 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 TIM Input Capture functions |
| 1824 | * @brief TIM Input Capture functions |
||
| 1825 | * |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1826 | @verbatim |
| 1827 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1828 | ##### TIM Input Capture functions ##### |
| 30 | mjames | 1829 | ============================================================================== |
| 1830 | [..] |
||
| 1831 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 1832 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture. |
||
| 1833 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1834 | (+) Start the TIM Input Capture. |
| 1835 | (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture. |
||
| 1836 | (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable interrupt. |
||
| 1837 | (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable interrupt. |
||
| 1838 | (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 1839 | (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1840 | |
| 1841 | @endverbatim |
||
| 1842 | * @{ |
||
| 1843 | */ |
||
| 1844 | /** |
||
| 1845 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1846 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
| 1847 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 1848 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 1849 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 1850 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_IC_Init() |
||
| 1851 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1852 | * @retval HAL status |
| 1853 | */ |
||
| 1854 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1855 | { |
||
| 1856 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1857 | if (htim == NULL) |
| 30 | mjames | 1858 | { |
| 1859 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1860 | } |
||
| 1861 | |||
| 1862 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1863 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1864 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 1865 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1866 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
| 30 | mjames | 1867 | |
| 50 | mjames | 1868 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 1869 | { |
| 1870 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 1871 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 1872 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1873 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 1874 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 1875 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 1876 | |||
| 1877 | if (htim->IC_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 1878 | { |
||
| 1879 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; |
||
| 1880 | } |
||
| 1881 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 1882 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 1883 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1884 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 1885 | HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1886 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1887 | } |
| 1888 | |||
| 1889 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1890 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 1891 | |
| 1892 | /* Init the base time for the input capture */ |
||
| 1893 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 1894 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1895 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 1896 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 1897 | |||
| 1898 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 1899 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 1900 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 1901 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
| 50 | mjames | 1902 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 30 | mjames | 1903 | |
| 1904 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1905 | } |
||
| 1906 | |||
| 1907 | /** |
||
| 1908 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1909 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 30 | mjames | 1910 | * @retval HAL status |
| 1911 | */ |
||
| 1912 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1913 | { |
||
| 1914 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1915 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1916 | |||
| 1917 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 1918 | |||
| 1919 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 1920 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1921 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1922 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 1923 | if (htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 1924 | { |
||
| 1925 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; |
||
| 1926 | } |
||
| 1927 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 1928 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 1929 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1930 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 1931 | HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1932 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 1933 | |
| 50 | mjames | 1934 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 1935 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 1936 | |||
| 1937 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 1938 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 1939 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 1940 | /* Change TIM state */ |
| 1941 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 1942 | |||
| 1943 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 1944 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 1945 | |||
| 1946 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1947 | } |
||
| 1948 | |||
| 1949 | /** |
||
| 1950 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1951 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 30 | mjames | 1952 | * @retval None |
| 1953 | */ |
||
| 1954 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1955 | { |
||
| 1956 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 1957 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 1958 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1959 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 30 | mjames | 1960 | the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 1961 | */ |
||
| 1962 | } |
||
| 1963 | |||
| 1964 | /** |
||
| 1965 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1966 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 30 | mjames | 1967 | * @retval None |
| 1968 | */ |
||
| 1969 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1970 | { |
||
| 1971 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 1972 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 1973 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1974 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 30 | mjames | 1975 | the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 1976 | */ |
||
| 1977 | } |
||
| 1978 | |||
| 1979 | /** |
||
| 1980 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1981 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 1982 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1983 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1984 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1985 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1986 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1987 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1988 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 1989 | */ |
| 1990 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 1991 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 1992 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 1993 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 1994 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 1995 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 1996 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1997 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 1998 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
| 1999 | if (channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2000 | { |
||
| 2001 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2002 | } |
||
| 2003 | |||
| 2004 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 2005 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2006 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2007 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
| 2008 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2009 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2010 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 2011 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 2012 | { |
||
| 2013 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 2014 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 2015 | { |
||
| 2016 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2017 | } |
||
| 2018 | } |
||
| 2019 | else |
||
| 2020 | { |
||
| 2021 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2022 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2023 | |
| 2024 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2025 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2026 | } |
||
| 2027 | |||
| 2028 | /** |
||
| 2029 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2030 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 2031 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2032 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2033 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2034 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2035 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2036 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2037 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2038 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2039 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 2040 | { |
||
| 2041 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2042 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2043 | |||
| 2044 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 2045 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2046 | |||
| 2047 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2048 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2049 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2050 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 2051 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2052 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2053 | /* Return function status */ |
| 2054 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2055 | } |
||
| 2056 | |||
| 2057 | /** |
||
| 2058 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2059 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 2060 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2061 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2062 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2063 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2064 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2065 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2066 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2067 | */ |
| 2068 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2069 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 2070 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 2071 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 2072 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2073 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 2074 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2075 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2076 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
| 2077 | if (channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2078 | { |
||
| 2079 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2080 | } |
||
| 2081 | |||
| 2082 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 2083 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2084 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2085 | switch (Channel) |
| 2086 | { |
||
| 2087 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2088 | { |
||
| 2089 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 2090 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2091 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2092 | } |
| 2093 | |||
| 2094 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2095 | { |
||
| 2096 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 2097 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2098 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2099 | } |
| 2100 | |||
| 2101 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 2102 | { |
||
| 2103 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 2104 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2105 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2106 | } |
| 2107 | |||
| 2108 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 2109 | { |
||
| 2110 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 2111 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2112 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2113 | } |
| 2114 | |||
| 2115 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2116 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2117 | } |
| 2118 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 2119 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2120 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2121 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 2122 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 2123 | { |
||
| 2124 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 2125 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 2126 | { |
||
| 2127 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2128 | } |
||
| 2129 | } |
||
| 2130 | else |
||
| 2131 | { |
||
| 2132 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2133 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2134 | |
| 2135 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2136 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2137 | } |
||
| 2138 | |||
| 2139 | /** |
||
| 2140 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2141 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 2142 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2143 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2144 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2145 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2146 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2147 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2148 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2149 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2150 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 2151 | { |
||
| 2152 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2153 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2154 | |||
| 2155 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 2156 | { |
||
| 2157 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2158 | { |
||
| 2159 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 2160 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2161 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2162 | } |
| 2163 | |||
| 2164 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2165 | { |
||
| 2166 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 2167 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2168 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2169 | } |
| 2170 | |||
| 2171 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 2172 | { |
||
| 2173 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 2174 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2175 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2176 | } |
| 2177 | |||
| 2178 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 2179 | { |
||
| 2180 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 2181 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2182 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2183 | } |
| 2184 | |||
| 2185 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2186 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2187 | } |
| 2188 | |||
| 2189 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 2190 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2191 | |||
| 2192 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2193 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2194 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2195 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 2196 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2197 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2198 | /* Return function status */ |
| 2199 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2200 | } |
||
| 2201 | |||
| 2202 | /** |
||
| 2203 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2204 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 2205 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2206 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2207 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2208 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2209 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2210 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2211 | * @param pData The destination Buffer address. |
| 2212 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2213 | * @retval HAL status |
| 50 | mjames | 2214 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2215 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
| 2216 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2217 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 2218 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 2219 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2220 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 2221 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2222 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2223 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2224 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 2225 | if (channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2226 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 2227 | return HAL_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 2228 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 2229 | if (channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
| 30 | mjames | 2230 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 2231 | if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
| 30 | mjames | 2232 | { |
| 2233 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2234 | } |
||
| 2235 | else |
||
| 2236 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2237 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
| 30 | mjames | 2238 | } |
| 2239 | } |
||
| 2240 | else |
||
| 2241 | { |
||
| 2242 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2243 | } |
||
| 2244 | |||
| 61 | mjames | 2245 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
| 2246 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2247 | |||
| 2248 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 2249 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 2250 | { |
||
| 2251 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 2252 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 2253 | { |
||
| 2254 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2255 | } |
||
| 2256 | } |
||
| 2257 | else |
||
| 2258 | { |
||
| 2259 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2260 | } |
||
| 2261 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2262 | switch (Channel) |
| 2263 | { |
||
| 2264 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2265 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2266 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2267 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 2268 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 2269 | |
| 2270 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2271 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2272 | |||
| 2273 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 2274 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, |
| 2275 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2276 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 2277 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 2278 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 2279 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2280 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
| 2281 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2282 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2283 | } |
| 2284 | |||
| 2285 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2286 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2287 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2288 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 2289 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 2290 | |
| 2291 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2292 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2293 | |||
| 2294 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 2295 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, |
| 2296 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2297 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 2298 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 2299 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 2300 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2301 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
| 2302 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2303 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2304 | } |
| 2305 | |||
| 2306 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 2307 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2308 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2309 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 2310 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 2311 | |
| 2312 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2313 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2314 | |||
| 2315 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 2316 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, |
| 2317 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2318 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 2319 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 2320 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 2321 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2322 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
| 2323 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2324 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2325 | } |
| 2326 | |||
| 2327 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 2328 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2329 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2330 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 2331 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 2332 | |
| 2333 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2334 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2335 | |||
| 2336 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 2337 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, |
| 2338 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2339 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 2340 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 2341 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 2342 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2343 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
| 2344 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2345 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2346 | } |
| 2347 | |||
| 2348 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2349 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2350 | } |
| 2351 | |||
| 2352 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2353 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2354 | } |
||
| 2355 | |||
| 2356 | /** |
||
| 2357 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2358 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 2359 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2360 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2361 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2362 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2363 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2364 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2365 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2366 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2367 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 2368 | { |
||
| 2369 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2370 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2371 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2372 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2373 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
| 2374 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2375 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2376 | switch (Channel) |
| 2377 | { |
||
| 2378 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2379 | { |
||
| 2380 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 2381 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2382 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
| 2383 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2384 | } |
| 2385 | |||
| 2386 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2387 | { |
||
| 2388 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 2389 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2390 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
| 2391 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2392 | } |
| 2393 | |||
| 2394 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 2395 | { |
||
| 2396 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 2397 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2398 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
| 2399 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2400 | } |
| 2401 | |||
| 2402 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 2403 | { |
||
| 2404 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
||
| 2405 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2406 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
| 2407 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2408 | } |
| 2409 | |||
| 2410 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2411 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 2412 | } |
| 2413 | |||
| 2414 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2415 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2416 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2417 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 2418 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2419 | |
| 2420 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2421 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2422 | } |
||
| 2423 | /** |
||
| 2424 | * @} |
||
| 2425 | */ |
||
| 2426 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2427 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 TIM One Pulse functions |
| 2428 | * @brief TIM One Pulse functions |
||
| 2429 | * |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2430 | @verbatim |
| 2431 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2432 | ##### TIM One Pulse functions ##### |
| 30 | mjames | 2433 | ============================================================================== |
| 2434 | [..] |
||
| 2435 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 2436 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse. |
||
| 2437 | (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2438 | (+) Start the TIM One Pulse. |
| 2439 | (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse. |
||
| 2440 | (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable interrupt. |
||
| 2441 | (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable interrupt. |
||
| 2442 | (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2443 | (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2444 | |
| 2445 | @endverbatim |
||
| 2446 | * @{ |
||
| 2447 | */ |
||
| 2448 | /** |
||
| 2449 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2450 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
| 2451 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 2452 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 2453 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 2454 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init() |
||
| 2455 | * @note When the timer instance is initialized in One Pulse mode, timer |
||
| 2456 | * channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other |
||
| 2457 | * purpose. |
||
| 2458 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2459 | * @param OnePulseMode Select the One pulse mode. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2460 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2461 | * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2462 | * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated. |
| 30 | mjames | 2463 | * @retval HAL status |
| 2464 | */ |
||
| 2465 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode) |
||
| 2466 | { |
||
| 2467 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2468 | if (htim == NULL) |
| 30 | mjames | 2469 | { |
| 2470 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2471 | } |
||
| 2472 | |||
| 2473 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2474 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2475 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 2476 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 2477 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2478 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
| 30 | mjames | 2479 | |
| 50 | mjames | 2480 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 2481 | { |
| 2482 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 2483 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 2484 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2485 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 2486 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 2487 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 2488 | |||
| 2489 | if (htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 2490 | { |
||
| 2491 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; |
||
| 2492 | } |
||
| 2493 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 2494 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 2495 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2496 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 2497 | HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2498 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2499 | } |
| 2500 | |||
| 2501 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2502 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 2503 | |
| 2504 | /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */ |
||
| 2505 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 2506 | |||
| 2507 | /* Reset the OPM Bit */ |
||
| 2508 | htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM; |
||
| 2509 | |||
| 2510 | /* Configure the OPM Mode */ |
||
| 2511 | htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode; |
||
| 2512 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2513 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 2514 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 2515 | |||
| 2516 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2517 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2518 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2519 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2520 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
| 50 | mjames | 2521 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 30 | mjames | 2522 | |
| 2523 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2524 | } |
||
| 2525 | |||
| 2526 | /** |
||
| 2527 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2528 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 30 | mjames | 2529 | * @retval HAL status |
| 2530 | */ |
||
| 2531 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2532 | { |
||
| 2533 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2534 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2535 | |||
| 2536 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2537 | |||
| 2538 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 2539 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2540 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2541 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 2542 | if (htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 2543 | { |
||
| 2544 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; |
||
| 2545 | } |
||
| 2546 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 2547 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 2548 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2549 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
| 2550 | HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2551 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2552 | |
| 50 | mjames | 2553 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 2554 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 2555 | |||
| 2556 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 2557 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 2558 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 2559 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2560 | /* Change TIM state */ |
| 2561 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 2562 | |||
| 2563 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 2564 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 2565 | |||
| 2566 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2567 | } |
||
| 2568 | |||
| 2569 | /** |
||
| 2570 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2571 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 30 | mjames | 2572 | * @retval None |
| 2573 | */ |
||
| 2574 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2575 | { |
||
| 2576 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2577 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2578 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2579 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 30 | mjames | 2580 | the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 2581 | */ |
||
| 2582 | } |
||
| 2583 | |||
| 2584 | /** |
||
| 2585 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2586 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 30 | mjames | 2587 | * @retval None |
| 2588 | */ |
||
| 2589 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2590 | { |
||
| 2591 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2592 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2593 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2594 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 30 | mjames | 2595 | the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 2596 | */ |
||
| 2597 | } |
||
| 2598 | |||
| 2599 | /** |
||
| 2600 | * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation. |
||
| 61 | mjames | 2601 | * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function |
| 2602 | * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. |
||
| 2603 | * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling |
||
| 2604 | * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2605 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 61 | mjames | 2606 | * @param OutputChannel See note above |
| 30 | mjames | 2607 | * @retval HAL status |
| 50 | mjames | 2608 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2609 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
| 2610 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2611 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
| 2612 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 2613 | |||
| 2614 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2615 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2616 | |||
| 2617 | /* Check the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2618 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 61 | mjames | 2619 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
| 50 | mjames | 2620 | { |
| 2621 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2622 | } |
||
| 2623 | |||
| 2624 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2625 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2626 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2627 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2628 | /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
| 2629 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2630 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2631 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 61 | mjames | 2632 | whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together |
| 30 | mjames | 2633 | |
| 2634 | No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware |
||
| 2635 | (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ |
||
| 2636 | |||
| 2637 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2638 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2639 | |||
| 2640 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2641 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2642 | } |
||
| 2643 | |||
| 2644 | /** |
||
| 2645 | * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation. |
||
| 61 | mjames | 2646 | * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function |
| 2647 | * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. |
||
| 2648 | * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling |
||
| 2649 | * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2650 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 61 | mjames | 2651 | * @param OutputChannel See note above |
| 30 | mjames | 2652 | * @retval HAL status |
| 50 | mjames | 2653 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2654 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
| 2655 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2656 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
| 2657 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2658 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2659 | /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
| 2660 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2661 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2662 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 61 | mjames | 2663 | whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2664 | |
| 2665 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2666 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2667 | |||
| 2668 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2669 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2670 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2671 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
| 2672 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2673 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2674 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2675 | /* Return function status */ |
| 2676 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2677 | } |
||
| 2678 | |||
| 2679 | /** |
||
| 2680 | * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 61 | mjames | 2681 | * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function |
| 2682 | * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. |
||
| 2683 | * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling |
||
| 2684 | * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2685 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 61 | mjames | 2686 | * @param OutputChannel See note above |
| 30 | mjames | 2687 | * @retval HAL status |
| 50 | mjames | 2688 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2689 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
| 2690 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2691 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
| 2692 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 2693 | |||
| 2694 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2695 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2696 | |||
| 2697 | /* Check the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2698 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 61 | mjames | 2699 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
| 50 | mjames | 2700 | { |
| 2701 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2702 | } |
||
| 2703 | |||
| 2704 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2705 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2706 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2707 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2708 | /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
| 2709 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2710 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2711 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 61 | mjames | 2712 | whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together |
| 30 | mjames | 2713 | |
| 2714 | No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware |
||
| 2715 | (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ |
||
| 2716 | |||
| 2717 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 2718 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2719 | |||
| 2720 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 2721 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2722 | |||
| 2723 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2724 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2725 | |||
| 2726 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2727 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2728 | } |
||
| 2729 | |||
| 2730 | /** |
||
| 2731 | * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 61 | mjames | 2732 | * @note Though OutputChannel parameter is deprecated and ignored by the function |
| 2733 | * it has been kept to avoid HAL_TIM API compatibility break. |
||
| 2734 | * @note The pulse output channel is determined when calling |
||
| 2735 | * @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(). |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2736 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 61 | mjames | 2737 | * @param OutputChannel See note above |
| 30 | mjames | 2738 | * @retval HAL status |
| 50 | mjames | 2739 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2740 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
| 2741 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2742 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
| 2743 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2744 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2745 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
| 2746 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2747 | |||
| 2748 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 2749 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2750 | |||
| 2751 | /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
||
| 2752 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2753 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2754 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 61 | mjames | 2755 | whatever the combination, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2756 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
| 2757 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2758 | |||
| 2759 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2760 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
| 30 | mjames | 2761 | |
| 50 | mjames | 2762 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
| 2763 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2764 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2765 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2766 | /* Return function status */ |
| 2767 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2768 | } |
||
| 2769 | |||
| 2770 | /** |
||
| 2771 | * @} |
||
| 2772 | */ |
||
| 2773 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2774 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 TIM Encoder functions |
| 2775 | * @brief TIM Encoder functions |
||
| 2776 | * |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2777 | @verbatim |
| 2778 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2779 | ##### TIM Encoder functions ##### |
| 30 | mjames | 2780 | ============================================================================== |
| 2781 | [..] |
||
| 2782 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 2783 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder. |
||
| 2784 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2785 | (+) Start the TIM Encoder. |
| 2786 | (+) Stop the TIM Encoder. |
||
| 2787 | (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable interrupt. |
||
| 2788 | (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable interrupt. |
||
| 2789 | (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2790 | (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2791 | |
| 2792 | @endverbatim |
||
| 2793 | * @{ |
||
| 2794 | */ |
||
| 2795 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2796 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and initialize the associated handle. |
| 2797 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 2798 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 2799 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 2800 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init() |
||
| 2801 | * @note Encoder mode and External clock mode 2 are not compatible and must not be selected together |
||
| 2802 | * Ex: A call for @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init will erase the settings of @ref HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource |
||
| 2803 | * using TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2 and vice versa |
||
| 2804 | * @note When the timer instance is initialized in Encoder mode, timer |
||
| 2805 | * channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other |
||
| 2806 | * purpose. |
||
| 2807 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 2808 | * @param sConfig TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2809 | * @retval HAL status |
| 2810 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2811 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef *sConfig) |
| 30 | mjames | 2812 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 2813 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 2814 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
||
| 2815 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2816 | |
| 2817 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2818 | if (htim == NULL) |
| 30 | mjames | 2819 | { |
| 2820 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2821 | } |
||
| 2822 | |||
| 2823 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2824 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 2825 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 2826 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 2827 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2828 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode)); |
| 2829 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection)); |
||
| 2830 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2831 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); |
| 2832 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity)); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2833 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); |
| 2834 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler)); |
||
| 2835 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); |
||
| 2836 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter)); |
||
| 2837 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2838 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 2839 | { |
| 2840 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 2841 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 2842 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2843 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 2844 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 2845 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 2846 | |||
| 2847 | if (htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 2848 | { |
||
| 2849 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; |
||
| 2850 | } |
||
| 2851 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 2852 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 2853 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2854 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 2855 | HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2856 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2857 | } |
| 2858 | |||
| 2859 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2860 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 2861 | |
| 50 | mjames | 2862 | /* Reset the SMS and ECE bits */ |
| 2863 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_ECE); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2864 | |
| 2865 | /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ |
||
| 2866 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 2867 | |||
| 2868 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
||
| 2869 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
||
| 2870 | |||
| 2871 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
| 2872 | tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; |
||
| 2873 | |||
| 2874 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 2875 | tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; |
||
| 2876 | |||
| 2877 | /* Set the encoder Mode */ |
||
| 2878 | tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode; |
||
| 2879 | |||
| 2880 | /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ |
||
| 2881 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2882 | tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U)); |
| 30 | mjames | 2883 | |
| 50 | mjames | 2884 | /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2885 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); |
| 2886 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2887 | tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U); |
| 2888 | tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2889 | |
| 2890 | /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ |
||
| 2891 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P); |
||
| 2892 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2893 | tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U); |
| 30 | mjames | 2894 | |
| 2895 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 2896 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 2897 | |||
| 2898 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
| 2899 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 2900 | |||
| 2901 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 2902 | htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 2903 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2904 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 2905 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 2906 | |||
| 2907 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2908 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2909 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2910 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2911 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
| 50 | mjames | 2912 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 30 | mjames | 2913 | |
| 2914 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2915 | } |
||
| 2916 | |||
| 2917 | |||
| 2918 | /** |
||
| 2919 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2920 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 30 | mjames | 2921 | * @retval HAL status |
| 2922 | */ |
||
| 2923 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2924 | { |
||
| 2925 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2926 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2927 | |||
| 2928 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2929 | |||
| 2930 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 2931 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2932 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2933 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 2934 | if (htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 2935 | { |
||
| 2936 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; |
||
| 2937 | } |
||
| 2938 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 2939 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 2940 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2941 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
| 2942 | HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2943 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 2944 | |
| 50 | mjames | 2945 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 2946 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 2947 | |||
| 2948 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2949 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 2950 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 2951 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 2952 | /* Change TIM state */ |
| 2953 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 2954 | |||
| 2955 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 2956 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 2957 | |||
| 2958 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2959 | } |
||
| 2960 | |||
| 2961 | /** |
||
| 2962 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2963 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 30 | mjames | 2964 | * @retval None |
| 2965 | */ |
||
| 2966 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2967 | { |
||
| 2968 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2969 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2970 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2971 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 30 | mjames | 2972 | the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 2973 | */ |
||
| 2974 | } |
||
| 2975 | |||
| 2976 | /** |
||
| 2977 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2978 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 30 | mjames | 2979 | * @retval None |
| 2980 | */ |
||
| 2981 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2982 | { |
||
| 2983 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2984 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2985 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 2986 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 30 | mjames | 2987 | the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 2988 | */ |
||
| 2989 | } |
||
| 2990 | |||
| 2991 | /** |
||
| 2992 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 2993 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 2994 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 2995 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2996 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2997 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2998 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 2999 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3000 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3001 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 3002 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3003 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
| 3004 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 3005 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 3006 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 50 | mjames | 3007 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 30 | mjames | 3008 | |
| 50 | mjames | 3009 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
| 3010 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 3011 | { |
||
| 3012 | if (channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3013 | { |
||
| 3014 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3015 | } |
||
| 3016 | else |
||
| 3017 | { |
||
| 3018 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3019 | } |
||
| 3020 | } |
||
| 3021 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 3022 | { |
||
| 3023 | if (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3024 | { |
||
| 3025 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3026 | } |
||
| 3027 | else |
||
| 3028 | { |
||
| 3029 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3030 | } |
||
| 3031 | } |
||
| 3032 | else |
||
| 3033 | { |
||
| 3034 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 61 | mjames | 3035 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
| 50 | mjames | 3036 | { |
| 3037 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3038 | } |
||
| 3039 | else |
||
| 3040 | { |
||
| 3041 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3042 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3043 | } |
||
| 3044 | } |
||
| 3045 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 3046 | /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ |
| 3047 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3048 | { |
||
| 3049 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3050 | { |
| 3051 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3052 | break; |
| 50 | mjames | 3053 | } |
| 3054 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 3055 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
| 50 | mjames | 3056 | { |
| 3057 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3058 | break; |
| 50 | mjames | 3059 | } |
| 3060 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 3061 | default : |
| 50 | mjames | 3062 | { |
| 3063 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3064 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3065 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3066 | } |
| 3067 | } |
||
| 3068 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3069 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 3070 | |||
| 3071 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3072 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3073 | } |
||
| 3074 | |||
| 3075 | /** |
||
| 3076 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3077 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 3078 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3079 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3080 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3081 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3082 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 3083 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3084 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3085 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 3086 | { |
||
| 3087 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3088 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 30 | mjames | 3089 | |
| 50 | mjames | 3090 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
| 30 | mjames | 3091 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
| 3092 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3093 | { |
||
| 3094 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3095 | { |
| 3096 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3097 | break; |
| 50 | mjames | 3098 | } |
| 3099 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 3100 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
| 50 | mjames | 3101 | { |
| 3102 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3103 | break; |
| 50 | mjames | 3104 | } |
| 3105 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 3106 | default : |
| 50 | mjames | 3107 | { |
| 3108 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3109 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3110 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3111 | } |
| 3112 | } |
||
| 3113 | |||
| 3114 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3115 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 3116 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 3117 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
| 3118 | if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) |
||
| 3119 | { |
||
| 3120 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3121 | } |
||
| 61 | mjames | 3122 | else |
| 50 | mjames | 3123 | { |
| 3124 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3125 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3126 | } |
||
| 3127 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 3128 | /* Return function status */ |
| 3129 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3130 | } |
||
| 3131 | |||
| 3132 | /** |
||
| 3133 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3134 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 3135 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3136 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3137 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3138 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3139 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 3140 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3141 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3142 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 3143 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3144 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
| 3145 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 3146 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 3147 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 50 | mjames | 3148 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 30 | mjames | 3149 | |
| 50 | mjames | 3150 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
| 3151 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 3152 | { |
||
| 3153 | if (channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3154 | { |
||
| 3155 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3156 | } |
||
| 3157 | else |
||
| 3158 | { |
||
| 3159 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3160 | } |
||
| 3161 | } |
||
| 3162 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 3163 | { |
||
| 3164 | if (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3165 | { |
||
| 3166 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3167 | } |
||
| 3168 | else |
||
| 3169 | { |
||
| 3170 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3171 | } |
||
| 3172 | } |
||
| 3173 | else |
||
| 3174 | { |
||
| 3175 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 61 | mjames | 3176 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
| 50 | mjames | 3177 | { |
| 3178 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3179 | } |
||
| 3180 | else |
||
| 3181 | { |
||
| 3182 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3183 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3184 | } |
||
| 3185 | } |
||
| 3186 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 3187 | /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ |
| 3188 | /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */ |
||
| 3189 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3190 | { |
||
| 3191 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3192 | { |
| 3193 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3194 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3195 | break; |
| 50 | mjames | 3196 | } |
| 3197 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 3198 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
| 50 | mjames | 3199 | { |
| 3200 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3201 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3202 | break; |
| 50 | mjames | 3203 | } |
| 3204 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 3205 | default : |
| 50 | mjames | 3206 | { |
| 3207 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3208 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3209 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 3210 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 3211 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3212 | } |
| 3213 | } |
||
| 3214 | |||
| 3215 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3216 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 3217 | |||
| 3218 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3219 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3220 | } |
||
| 3221 | |||
| 3222 | /** |
||
| 3223 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3224 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 3225 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3226 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3227 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3228 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3229 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 3230 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3231 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3232 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 3233 | { |
||
| 3234 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3235 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 30 | mjames | 3236 | |
| 3237 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
||
| 3238 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3239 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
| 30 | mjames | 3240 | { |
| 3241 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3242 | |||
| 3243 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3244 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
| 30 | mjames | 3245 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 3246 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
| 30 | mjames | 3247 | { |
| 3248 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3249 | |||
| 3250 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3251 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
| 30 | mjames | 3252 | } |
| 3253 | else |
||
| 3254 | { |
||
| 3255 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3256 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3257 | |||
| 3258 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */ |
||
| 3259 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 3260 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 3261 | } |
||
| 3262 | |||
| 3263 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3264 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 3265 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 3266 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
| 3267 | if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) |
||
| 3268 | { |
||
| 3269 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3270 | } |
||
| 61 | mjames | 3271 | else |
| 50 | mjames | 3272 | { |
| 3273 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3274 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3275 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3276 | |
| 3277 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3278 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3279 | } |
||
| 3280 | |||
| 3281 | /** |
||
| 3282 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3283 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 3284 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3285 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3286 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3287 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3288 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3289 | * @param pData1 The destination Buffer address for IC1. |
| 3290 | * @param pData2 The destination Buffer address for IC2. |
||
| 3291 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3292 | * @retval HAL status |
| 50 | mjames | 3293 | */ |
| 3294 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, |
||
| 3295 | uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3296 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 3297 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
| 3298 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 3299 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 3300 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 50 | mjames | 3301 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 30 | mjames | 3302 | |
| 50 | mjames | 3303 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
| 3304 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3305 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 3306 | if (channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
| 3307 | { |
||
| 3308 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 3309 | } |
||
| 3310 | else if (channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3311 | { |
||
| 3312 | if ((pData1 == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
||
| 3313 | { |
||
| 3314 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3315 | } |
||
| 3316 | else |
||
| 3317 | { |
||
| 3318 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3319 | } |
||
| 3320 | } |
||
| 3321 | else |
||
| 3322 | { |
||
| 3323 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3324 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3325 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 3326 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
| 30 | mjames | 3327 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 3328 | if (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
| 30 | mjames | 3329 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 3330 | return HAL_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 3331 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 3332 | else if (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
| 3333 | { |
||
| 3334 | if ((pData2 == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
||
| 3335 | { |
||
| 3336 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3337 | } |
||
| 3338 | else |
||
| 3339 | { |
||
| 3340 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3341 | } |
||
| 3342 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3343 | else |
| 3344 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3345 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 30 | mjames | 3346 | } |
| 3347 | } |
||
| 3348 | else |
||
| 3349 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3350 | if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
| 61 | mjames | 3351 | || (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)) |
| 50 | mjames | 3352 | { |
| 3353 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 3354 | } |
||
| 3355 | else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 61 | mjames | 3356 | && (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
| 50 | mjames | 3357 | { |
| 3358 | if ((((pData1 == NULL) || (pData2 == NULL))) && (Length > 0U)) |
||
| 3359 | { |
||
| 3360 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3361 | } |
||
| 3362 | else |
||
| 3363 | { |
||
| 3364 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3365 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3366 | } |
||
| 3367 | } |
||
| 3368 | else |
||
| 3369 | { |
||
| 3370 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3371 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3372 | } |
| 3373 | |||
| 3374 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3375 | { |
||
| 3376 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 3377 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3378 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3379 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 3380 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 3381 | |
| 3382 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3383 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3384 | |||
| 3385 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 3386 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, |
| 3387 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3388 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 3389 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 3390 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 3391 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3392 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
| 3393 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 3394 | |||
| 3395 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3396 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 3397 | |||
| 3398 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 3399 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3400 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 3401 | } |
| 3402 | |||
| 3403 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 3404 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3405 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3406 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 3407 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 3408 | |
| 3409 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3410 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; |
||
| 3411 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 3412 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, |
| 3413 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3414 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 3415 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 3416 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 3417 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3418 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
| 3419 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 3420 | |||
| 3421 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3422 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 3423 | |||
| 3424 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 3425 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3426 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 3427 | } |
| 3428 | |||
| 3429 | case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: |
||
| 3430 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3431 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3432 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 3433 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 3434 | |
| 3435 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3436 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3437 | |||
| 3438 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 3439 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, |
| 3440 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3441 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 3442 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 3443 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 3444 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3445 | |
| 50 | mjames | 3446 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3447 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 3448 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 3449 | |
| 3450 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3451 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3452 | |||
| 3453 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 3454 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, |
| 3455 | Length) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3456 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 3457 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 3458 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 3459 | } |
||
| 3460 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3461 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
| 3462 | |||
| 3463 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 3464 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3465 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3466 | |||
| 3467 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
||
| 3468 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 3469 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
||
| 3470 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3471 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 3472 | } |
| 3473 | |||
| 3474 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3475 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 3476 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 3477 | |
| 30 | mjames | 3478 | /* Return function status */ |
| 3479 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3480 | } |
||
| 3481 | |||
| 3482 | /** |
||
| 3483 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3484 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 3485 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3486 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3487 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3488 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3489 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 3490 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3491 | */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3492 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 3493 | { |
||
| 3494 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3495 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 30 | mjames | 3496 | |
| 3497 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
||
| 3498 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3499 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
| 30 | mjames | 3500 | { |
| 3501 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3502 | |||
| 3503 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */ |
||
| 3504 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3505 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
| 30 | mjames | 3506 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 3507 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
| 30 | mjames | 3508 | { |
| 3509 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3510 | |||
| 3511 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */ |
||
| 3512 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3513 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
| 30 | mjames | 3514 | } |
| 3515 | else |
||
| 3516 | { |
||
| 3517 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3518 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3519 | |||
| 3520 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */ |
||
| 3521 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 3522 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3523 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
| 3524 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3525 | } |
| 3526 | |||
| 3527 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3528 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 3529 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 3530 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
| 3531 | if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) |
||
| 3532 | { |
||
| 3533 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3534 | } |
||
| 61 | mjames | 3535 | else |
| 50 | mjames | 3536 | { |
| 3537 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3538 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3539 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3540 | |
| 3541 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3542 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3543 | } |
||
| 3544 | |||
| 3545 | /** |
||
| 3546 | * @} |
||
| 3547 | */ |
||
| 3548 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3549 | * @brief TIM IRQ handler management |
| 3550 | * |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3551 | @verbatim |
| 3552 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 3553 | ##### IRQ handler management ##### |
||
| 3554 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 3555 | [..] |
||
| 3556 | This section provides Timer IRQ handler function. |
||
| 3557 | |||
| 3558 | @endverbatim |
||
| 3559 | * @{ |
||
| 3560 | */ |
||
| 3561 | /** |
||
| 3562 | * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3563 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 30 | mjames | 3564 | * @retval None |
| 3565 | */ |
||
| 3566 | void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 3567 | { |
||
| 3568 | /* Capture compare 1 event */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3569 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 3570 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 3571 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) != RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 3572 | { |
| 3573 | { |
||
| 3574 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 3575 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 3576 | |||
| 3577 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3578 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U) |
| 30 | mjames | 3579 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 3580 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3581 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3582 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3583 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
| 50 | mjames | 3584 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3585 | } |
| 3586 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 3587 | else |
||
| 3588 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3589 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3590 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3591 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3592 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3593 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
| 3594 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3595 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3596 | } |
| 3597 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 3598 | } |
||
| 3599 | } |
||
| 3600 | } |
||
| 3601 | /* Capture compare 2 event */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3602 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 3603 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 3604 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) != RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 3605 | { |
| 3606 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 3607 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 3608 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3609 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U) |
| 30 | mjames | 3610 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 3611 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3612 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3613 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3614 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
| 50 | mjames | 3615 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3616 | } |
| 3617 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 3618 | else |
||
| 3619 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3620 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3621 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3622 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3623 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3624 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
| 3625 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3626 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3627 | } |
| 3628 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 3629 | } |
||
| 3630 | } |
||
| 3631 | /* Capture compare 3 event */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3632 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 3633 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 3634 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) != RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 3635 | { |
| 3636 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 3637 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 3638 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3639 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U) |
| 30 | mjames | 3640 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 3641 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3642 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3643 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3644 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
| 50 | mjames | 3645 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3646 | } |
| 3647 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 3648 | else |
||
| 3649 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3650 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3651 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3652 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3653 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3654 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
| 3655 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3656 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3657 | } |
| 3658 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 3659 | } |
||
| 3660 | } |
||
| 3661 | /* Capture compare 4 event */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3662 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 3663 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 3664 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) != RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 3665 | { |
| 3666 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 3667 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 3668 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3669 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U) |
| 30 | mjames | 3670 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 3671 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3672 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3673 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3674 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
| 50 | mjames | 3675 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3676 | } |
| 3677 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 3678 | else |
||
| 3679 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3680 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3681 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3682 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3683 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3684 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
| 3685 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3686 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3687 | } |
| 3688 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 3689 | } |
||
| 3690 | } |
||
| 3691 | /* TIM Update event */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3692 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 3693 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 3694 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) != RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 3695 | { |
| 3696 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3697 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3698 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3699 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3700 | HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
| 50 | mjames | 3701 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3702 | } |
| 3703 | } |
||
| 3704 | /* TIM Trigger detection event */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3705 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 3706 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 3707 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) != RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 3708 | { |
| 3709 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3710 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3711 | htim->TriggerCallback(htim); |
||
| 3712 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3713 | HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); |
| 50 | mjames | 3714 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3715 | } |
| 3716 | } |
||
| 3717 | } |
||
| 3718 | |||
| 3719 | /** |
||
| 3720 | * @} |
||
| 3721 | */ |
||
| 3722 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 3723 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 TIM Peripheral Control functions |
| 3724 | * @brief TIM Peripheral Control functions |
||
| 3725 | * |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3726 | @verbatim |
| 3727 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 3728 | ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### |
||
| 3729 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 3730 | [..] |
||
| 3731 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 3732 | (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. |
||
| 3733 | (+) Configure External Clock source. |
||
| 3734 | (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. |
||
| 3735 | (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. |
||
| 3736 | |||
| 3737 | @endverbatim |
||
| 3738 | * @{ |
||
| 3739 | */ |
||
| 3740 | |||
| 3741 | /** |
||
| 3742 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified |
||
| 3743 | * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3744 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 3745 | * @param sConfig TIM Output Compare configuration structure |
||
| 3746 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to configure |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3747 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3748 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3749 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3750 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 3751 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 3752 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3753 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3754 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
| 3755 | TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, |
||
| 3756 | uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3757 | { |
| 3758 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3759 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
| 3760 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); |
||
| 3761 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); |
||
| 3762 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 3763 | /* Process Locked */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3764 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
| 3765 | |||
| 3766 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3767 | { |
||
| 3768 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 3769 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3770 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3771 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 50 | mjames | 3772 | |
| 30 | mjames | 3773 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */ |
| 3774 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3775 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 3776 | } |
| 3777 | |||
| 3778 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 3779 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3780 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3781 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 50 | mjames | 3782 | |
| 30 | mjames | 3783 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */ |
| 3784 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3785 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 3786 | } |
| 3787 | |||
| 3788 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 3789 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3790 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 3791 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3792 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 3793 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */ |
| 3794 | TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3795 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 3796 | } |
| 3797 | |||
| 3798 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 3799 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3800 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3801 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 50 | mjames | 3802 | |
| 3803 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */ |
||
| 3804 | TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3805 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3806 | } |
| 3807 | |||
| 3808 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3809 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 3810 | } |
| 3811 | |||
| 3812 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 3813 | |||
| 3814 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3815 | } |
||
| 3816 | |||
| 3817 | /** |
||
| 3818 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified |
||
| 3819 | * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3820 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
| 3821 | * @param sConfig TIM Input Capture configuration structure |
||
| 3822 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to configure |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3823 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3824 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3825 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3826 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 3827 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 3828 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3829 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3830 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel) |
| 30 | mjames | 3831 | { |
| 3832 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3833 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3834 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity)); |
||
| 3835 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection)); |
||
| 3836 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler)); |
||
| 3837 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter)); |
||
| 3838 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 3839 | /* Process Locked */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3840 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
| 3841 | |||
| 3842 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 3843 | { |
||
| 3844 | /* TI1 Configuration */ |
||
| 3845 | TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3846 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
| 3847 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 3848 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3849 | |
| 3850 | /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ |
||
| 3851 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; |
||
| 3852 | |||
| 3853 | /* Set the IC1PSC value */ |
||
| 3854 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; |
||
| 3855 | } |
||
| 3856 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 3857 | { |
||
| 3858 | /* TI2 Configuration */ |
||
| 3859 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3860 | |||
| 3861 | TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 3862 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
| 3863 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 3864 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 3865 | |||
| 3866 | /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ |
||
| 3867 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; |
||
| 3868 | |||
| 3869 | /* Set the IC2PSC value */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3870 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); |
| 30 | mjames | 3871 | } |
| 3872 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3) |
||
| 3873 | { |
||
| 3874 | /* TI3 Configuration */ |
||
| 3875 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3876 | |||
| 3877 | TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3878 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
| 3879 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 3880 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3881 | |
| 3882 | /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ |
||
| 3883 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; |
||
| 3884 | |||
| 3885 | /* Set the IC3PSC value */ |
||
| 3886 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; |
||
| 3887 | } |
||
| 3888 | else |
||
| 3889 | { |
||
| 3890 | /* TI4 Configuration */ |
||
| 3891 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3892 | |||
| 3893 | TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3894 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
| 3895 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 3896 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3897 | |
| 3898 | /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ |
||
| 3899 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; |
||
| 3900 | |||
| 3901 | /* Set the IC4PSC value */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3902 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); |
| 30 | mjames | 3903 | } |
| 3904 | |||
| 3905 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 3906 | |||
| 3907 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3908 | } |
||
| 3909 | |||
| 3910 | /** |
||
| 3911 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified |
||
| 3912 | * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3913 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 3914 | * @param sConfig TIM PWM configuration structure |
||
| 3915 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be configured |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3916 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3917 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3918 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3919 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 3920 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 3921 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3922 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3923 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
| 3924 | TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, |
||
| 3925 | uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3926 | { |
| 3927 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3928 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
| 3929 | assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); |
||
| 3930 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); |
||
| 3931 | assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode)); |
||
| 3932 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 3933 | /* Process Locked */ |
| 3934 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3935 | |
| 3936 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3937 | { |
||
| 3938 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 3939 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3940 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3941 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 50 | mjames | 3942 | |
| 30 | mjames | 3943 | /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */ |
| 3944 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3945 | |||
| 3946 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */ |
||
| 3947 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE; |
||
| 3948 | |||
| 3949 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
||
| 3950 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; |
||
| 3951 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3952 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 3953 | } |
| 3954 | |||
| 3955 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 3956 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3957 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3958 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 50 | mjames | 3959 | |
| 30 | mjames | 3960 | /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */ |
| 3961 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3962 | |||
| 3963 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */ |
||
| 3964 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE; |
||
| 3965 | |||
| 3966 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
||
| 3967 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3968 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U; |
| 3969 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 3970 | } |
| 3971 | |||
| 3972 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 3973 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3974 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3975 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 50 | mjames | 3976 | |
| 30 | mjames | 3977 | /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */ |
| 3978 | TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3979 | |||
| 3980 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */ |
||
| 3981 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE; |
||
| 3982 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 3983 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3984 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; |
| 3985 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3986 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 3987 | } |
| 3988 | |||
| 3989 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 3990 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 3991 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 30 | mjames | 3992 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 50 | mjames | 3993 | |
| 30 | mjames | 3994 | /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */ |
| 3995 | TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3996 | |||
| 3997 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */ |
||
| 3998 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE; |
||
| 3999 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 4000 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
| 30 | mjames | 4001 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE; |
| 50 | mjames | 4002 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U; |
| 4003 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4004 | } |
| 4005 | |||
| 4006 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4007 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 4008 | } |
| 4009 | |||
| 4010 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4011 | |||
| 4012 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 4013 | } |
||
| 4014 | |||
| 4015 | /** |
||
| 4016 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified |
||
| 4017 | * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4018 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 4019 | * @param sConfig TIM One Pulse configuration structure |
||
| 4020 | * @param OutputChannel TIM output channel to configure |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4021 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 4022 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 4023 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4024 | * @param InputChannel TIM input Channel to configure |
| 30 | mjames | 4025 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 4026 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 4027 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4028 | * @note To output a waveform with a minimum delay user can enable the fast |
| 4029 | * mode by calling the @ref __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxFAST macro. Then CCx |
||
| 4030 | * output is forced in response to the edge detection on TIx input, |
||
| 4031 | * without taking in account the comparison. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4032 | * @retval HAL status |
| 4033 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4034 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef *sConfig, |
| 4035 | uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4036 | { |
| 4037 | TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1; |
||
| 4038 | |||
| 4039 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4040 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel)); |
||
| 4041 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel)); |
||
| 4042 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 4043 | if (OutputChannel != InputChannel) |
| 30 | mjames | 4044 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 4045 | /* Process Locked */ |
| 4046 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4047 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4048 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 4049 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4050 | /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */ |
| 4051 | temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode; |
||
| 4052 | temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse; |
||
| 4053 | temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4054 | |
| 4055 | switch (OutputChannel) |
||
| 4056 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4057 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
| 4058 | { |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4059 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 4060 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 4061 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); |
| 4062 | break; |
||
| 4063 | } |
||
| 4064 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 4065 | { |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4066 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 4067 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 4068 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); |
| 4069 | break; |
||
| 4070 | } |
||
| 4071 | default: |
||
| 4072 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4073 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 4074 | |
| 4075 | switch (InputChannel) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4076 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 4077 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
| 4078 | { |
||
| 4079 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4080 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4081 | TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, |
| 4082 | sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4083 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4084 | /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ |
| 4085 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4086 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4087 | /* Select the Trigger source */ |
| 4088 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 4089 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4090 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4091 | /* Select the Slave Mode */ |
| 4092 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 4093 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; |
||
| 4094 | break; |
||
| 4095 | } |
||
| 4096 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 4097 | { |
||
| 4098 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4099 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4100 | TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, |
| 4101 | sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4102 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4103 | /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ |
| 4104 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4105 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4106 | /* Select the Trigger source */ |
| 4107 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 4108 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4109 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4110 | /* Select the Slave Mode */ |
| 4111 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 4112 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; |
||
| 4113 | break; |
||
| 4114 | } |
||
| 4115 | |||
| 4116 | default: |
||
| 4117 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4118 | } |
| 4119 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 4120 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 30 | mjames | 4121 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4122 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
| 30 | mjames | 4123 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4124 | return HAL_OK; |
| 4125 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4126 | else |
| 4127 | { |
||
| 4128 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4129 | } |
||
| 4130 | } |
||
| 4131 | |||
| 4132 | /** |
||
| 4133 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4134 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 4135 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4136 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 4137 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
| 4138 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
| 4139 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
| 4140 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
| 4141 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
| 4142 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
| 4143 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
| 4144 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
| 4145 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
| 4146 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
| 4147 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
| 4148 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
| 4149 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
| 4150 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
| 4151 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
| 4152 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4153 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR |
| 4154 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4155 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 4156 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
| 4157 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
| 4158 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
| 4159 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
| 4160 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
| 4161 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4162 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
| 4163 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4164 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
| 50 | mjames | 4165 | * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length. |
| 30 | mjames | 4166 | * @retval HAL status |
| 4167 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4168 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
| 4169 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4170 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 4171 | return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength, |
| 4172 | ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 4173 | } |
||
| 4174 | |||
| 4175 | /** |
||
| 4176 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer multiple Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral |
||
| 4177 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 4178 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write |
||
| 4179 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4180 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
| 4181 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
| 4182 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
| 4183 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
| 4184 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
| 4185 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
| 4186 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
| 4187 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
| 4188 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
| 4189 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
| 4190 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
| 4191 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
| 4192 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
| 4193 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
| 4194 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
| 4195 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
| 4196 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR |
||
| 4197 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
| 4198 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4199 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
| 4200 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
| 4201 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
| 4202 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
| 4203 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
| 4204 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
| 4205 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
||
| 4206 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 4207 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
||
| 4208 | * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 4209 | * between 1 and 0xFFFF. |
||
| 4210 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4211 | */ |
||
| 4212 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
||
| 4213 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4214 | uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength) |
||
| 4215 | { |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4216 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 4217 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4218 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); |
||
| 4219 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 4220 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4221 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength)); |
| 30 | mjames | 4222 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4223 | if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY) |
| 30 | mjames | 4224 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 4225 | return HAL_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 4226 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 4227 | else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY) |
| 30 | mjames | 4228 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 4229 | if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U)) |
| 30 | mjames | 4230 | { |
| 4231 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4232 | } |
||
| 4233 | else |
||
| 4234 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4235 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 4236 | } |
| 4237 | } |
||
| 4238 | else |
||
| 4239 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4240 | /* nothing to do */ |
| 30 | mjames | 4241 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 4242 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
| 30 | mjames | 4243 | { |
| 4244 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 4245 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4246 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 4247 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 4248 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 4249 | |
| 4250 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4251 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4252 | |||
| 4253 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4254 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 61 | mjames | 4255 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
| 50 | mjames | 4256 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 4257 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 4258 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 4259 | } |
||
| 4260 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4261 | } |
| 4262 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 4263 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4264 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 4265 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 4266 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4267 | |
| 4268 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4269 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4270 | |||
| 4271 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4272 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 61 | mjames | 4273 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
| 50 | mjames | 4274 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 4275 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 4276 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 4277 | } |
||
| 4278 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4279 | } |
| 4280 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 4281 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4282 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 4283 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 4284 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4285 | |
| 4286 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4287 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4288 | |||
| 4289 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4290 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 61 | mjames | 4291 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
| 50 | mjames | 4292 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 4293 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 4294 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 4295 | } |
||
| 4296 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4297 | } |
| 4298 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 4299 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4300 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 4301 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 4302 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4303 | |
| 4304 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4305 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4306 | |||
| 4307 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4308 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 61 | mjames | 4309 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
| 50 | mjames | 4310 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 4311 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 4312 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 4313 | } |
||
| 4314 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4315 | } |
| 4316 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 4317 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4318 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 4319 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 4320 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4321 | |
| 4322 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4323 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4324 | |||
| 4325 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4326 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 61 | mjames | 4327 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
| 50 | mjames | 4328 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 4329 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 4330 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 4331 | } |
||
| 4332 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4333 | } |
| 4334 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 4335 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4336 | /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 4337 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 4338 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 4339 | |
| 4340 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4341 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4342 | |||
| 4343 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4344 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 61 | mjames | 4345 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
| 50 | mjames | 4346 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 4347 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 4348 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 4349 | } |
||
| 4350 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4351 | } |
| 4352 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4353 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 4354 | } |
| 4355 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 4356 | /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */ |
| 4357 | htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength); |
||
| 4358 | /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ |
||
| 4359 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4360 | |
| 4361 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 4362 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 4363 | } |
||
| 4364 | |||
| 4365 | /** |
||
| 4366 | * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4367 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 4368 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4369 | * @retval HAL status |
| 4370 | */ |
||
| 4371 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 4372 | { |
||
| 4373 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4374 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 4375 | |||
| 4376 | /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4377 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
| 30 | mjames | 4378 | { |
| 4379 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 4380 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4381 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); |
| 4382 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4383 | } |
| 4384 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 4385 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4386 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
| 4387 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4388 | } |
| 4389 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 4390 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4391 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
| 4392 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4393 | } |
| 4394 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 4395 | { |
||
| 61 | mjames | 4396 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
| 50 | mjames | 4397 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 4398 | } |
| 4399 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 4400 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4401 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
| 4402 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4403 | } |
| 4404 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 4405 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4406 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); |
| 4407 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4408 | } |
| 4409 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4410 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 4411 | } |
| 4412 | |||
| 61 | mjames | 4413 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
| 4414 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4415 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4416 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 4417 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4418 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 4419 | /* Return function status */ |
| 61 | mjames | 4420 | return HAL_OK; |
| 30 | mjames | 4421 | } |
| 4422 | |||
| 4423 | /** |
||
| 4424 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4425 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 4426 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4427 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 4428 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
| 4429 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
| 4430 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
| 4431 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
| 4432 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
| 4433 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
| 4434 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
| 4435 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
| 4436 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
| 4437 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
| 4438 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
| 4439 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
| 4440 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
| 4441 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
| 4442 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
| 4443 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4444 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR |
| 4445 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4446 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 4447 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
| 4448 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
| 4449 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
| 4450 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
| 4451 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
| 4452 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4453 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
| 4454 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4455 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
| 50 | mjames | 4456 | * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length. |
| 30 | mjames | 4457 | * @retval HAL status |
| 4458 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4459 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
| 4460 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4461 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 4462 | return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength, |
| 4463 | ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 4464 | } |
||
| 4465 | |||
| 4466 | /** |
||
| 4467 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory |
||
| 4468 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 4469 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read |
||
| 4470 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4471 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
| 4472 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
| 4473 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
| 4474 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
| 4475 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
| 4476 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
| 4477 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
| 4478 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
| 4479 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
| 4480 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
| 4481 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
| 4482 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
| 4483 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
| 4484 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
| 4485 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
| 4486 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
| 4487 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR |
||
| 4488 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
| 4489 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4490 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
| 4491 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
| 4492 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
| 4493 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
| 4494 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
| 4495 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
| 4496 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
||
| 4497 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 4498 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
||
| 4499 | * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 4500 | * between 1 and 0xFFFF. |
||
| 4501 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4502 | */ |
||
| 4503 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
||
| 4504 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4505 | uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength) |
||
| 4506 | { |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4507 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 4508 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4509 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); |
||
| 4510 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 4511 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4512 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength)); |
| 30 | mjames | 4513 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4514 | if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY) |
| 30 | mjames | 4515 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 4516 | return HAL_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 4517 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 4518 | else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY) |
| 30 | mjames | 4519 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 4520 | if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U)) |
| 30 | mjames | 4521 | { |
| 4522 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4523 | } |
||
| 4524 | else |
||
| 4525 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4526 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY; |
| 30 | mjames | 4527 | } |
| 4528 | } |
||
| 4529 | else |
||
| 4530 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4531 | /* nothing to do */ |
| 30 | mjames | 4532 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 4533 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
| 30 | mjames | 4534 | { |
| 4535 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 4536 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4537 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 4538 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 4539 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 4540 | |
| 4541 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4542 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4543 | |||
| 4544 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4545 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 61 | mjames | 4546 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
| 50 | mjames | 4547 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 4548 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 4549 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 4550 | } |
||
| 4551 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4552 | } |
| 4553 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 4554 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4555 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 4556 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 4557 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4558 | |
| 4559 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4560 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4561 | |||
| 4562 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4563 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 61 | mjames | 4564 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
| 50 | mjames | 4565 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 4566 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 4567 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 4568 | } |
||
| 4569 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4570 | } |
| 4571 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 4572 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4573 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 4574 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 4575 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4576 | |
| 4577 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4578 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4579 | |||
| 4580 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4581 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 61 | mjames | 4582 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
| 50 | mjames | 4583 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 4584 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 4585 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 4586 | } |
||
| 4587 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4588 | } |
| 4589 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 4590 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4591 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 4592 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 4593 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4594 | |
| 4595 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4596 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4597 | |||
| 4598 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4599 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 61 | mjames | 4600 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
| 50 | mjames | 4601 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 4602 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 4603 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 4604 | } |
||
| 4605 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4606 | } |
| 4607 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 4608 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4609 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 4610 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 4611 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4612 | |
| 4613 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4614 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4615 | |||
| 4616 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4617 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 61 | mjames | 4618 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
| 50 | mjames | 4619 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 4620 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 4621 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 4622 | } |
||
| 4623 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4624 | } |
| 4625 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 4626 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4627 | /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */ |
| 30 | mjames | 4628 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; |
| 50 | mjames | 4629 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt; |
| 30 | mjames | 4630 | |
| 4631 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4632 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4633 | |||
| 4634 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4635 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 61 | mjames | 4636 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
| 50 | mjames | 4637 | { |
| 61 | mjames | 4638 | /* Return error status */ |
| 50 | mjames | 4639 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 4640 | } |
||
| 4641 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4642 | } |
| 4643 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4644 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 4645 | } |
| 4646 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 4647 | /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */ |
| 4648 | htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4649 | |
| 4650 | /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ |
||
| 4651 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 4652 | |||
| 4653 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 4654 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 4655 | } |
||
| 4656 | |||
| 4657 | /** |
||
| 4658 | * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4659 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 4660 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4661 | * @retval HAL status |
| 4662 | */ |
||
| 4663 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 4664 | { |
||
| 4665 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4666 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 4667 | |||
| 4668 | /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4669 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
| 30 | mjames | 4670 | { |
| 4671 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 4672 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4673 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); |
| 4674 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4675 | } |
| 4676 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 4677 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4678 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
| 4679 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4680 | } |
| 4681 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 4682 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4683 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
| 4684 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4685 | } |
| 4686 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 4687 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4688 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
| 4689 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4690 | } |
| 4691 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 4692 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4693 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
| 4694 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4695 | } |
| 4696 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 4697 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4698 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); |
| 4699 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4700 | } |
| 4701 | default: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4702 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 4703 | } |
| 4704 | |||
| 61 | mjames | 4705 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
| 4706 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4707 | |
| 50 | mjames | 4708 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 4709 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4710 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 4711 | /* Return function status */ |
| 61 | mjames | 4712 | return HAL_OK; |
| 30 | mjames | 4713 | } |
| 4714 | |||
| 4715 | /** |
||
| 4716 | * @brief Generate a software event |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4717 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 4718 | * @param EventSource specifies the event source. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4719 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 4720 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source |
||
| 4721 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source |
||
| 4722 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source |
||
| 4723 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source |
||
| 4724 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source |
||
| 4725 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4726 | * @note Basic timers can only generate an update event. |
| 30 | mjames | 4727 | * @retval HAL status |
| 4728 | */ |
||
| 4729 | |||
| 4730 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource) |
||
| 4731 | { |
||
| 4732 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4733 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4734 | assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource)); |
||
| 4735 | |||
| 4736 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 4737 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 4738 | |||
| 4739 | /* Change the TIM state */ |
||
| 4740 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 4741 | |||
| 4742 | /* Set the event sources */ |
||
| 4743 | htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource; |
||
| 4744 | |||
| 4745 | /* Change the TIM state */ |
||
| 4746 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4747 | |||
| 4748 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4749 | |||
| 4750 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 4751 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 4752 | } |
||
| 4753 | |||
| 4754 | /** |
||
| 4755 | * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4756 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 4757 | * @param sClearInputConfig pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4758 | * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. |
| 50 | mjames | 4759 | * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel |
| 30 | mjames | 4760 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 4761 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 |
||
| 4762 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 |
||
| 4763 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 |
||
| 4764 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 |
||
| 4765 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4766 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4767 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
| 4768 | TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig, |
||
| 4769 | uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4770 | { |
| 4771 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4772 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4773 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); |
||
| 4774 | |||
| 4775 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 4776 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 4777 | |||
| 4778 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 4779 | |||
| 4780 | switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource) |
||
| 4781 | { |
||
| 4782 | case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE: |
||
| 4783 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4784 | /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit and the the ETR Bits */ |
| 4785 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, (TIM_SMCR_OCCS | TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP)); |
||
| 4786 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4787 | } |
| 4788 | case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_OCREFCLR: |
||
| 4789 | { |
||
| 4790 | /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */ |
||
| 4791 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, TIM_SMCR_OCCS); |
||
| 4792 | } |
||
| 4793 | break; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4794 | |
| 30 | mjames | 4795 | case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR: |
| 4796 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4797 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 4798 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); |
||
| 4799 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); |
||
| 4800 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); |
||
| 4801 | |||
| 4802 | /* When OCRef clear feature is used with ETR source, ETR prescaler must be off */ |
||
| 4803 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler != TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1) |
||
| 4804 | { |
||
| 4805 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4806 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4807 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4808 | } |
||
| 4809 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 4810 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
| 4811 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, |
||
| 4812 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, |
||
| 4813 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); |
||
| 4814 | |||
| 4815 | /* Set the OCREF clear selection bit */ |
||
| 4816 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, TIM_SMCR_OCCS); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4817 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 4818 | } |
| 4819 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 4820 | default: |
| 4821 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4822 | } |
| 4823 | |||
| 4824 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 4825 | { |
||
| 4826 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4827 | { |
| 4828 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4829 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 4830 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */ |
| 4831 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4832 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 4833 | else |
| 4834 | { |
||
| 4835 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */ |
||
| 4836 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE); |
||
| 4837 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4838 | break; |
| 50 | mjames | 4839 | } |
| 30 | mjames | 4840 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
| 50 | mjames | 4841 | { |
| 4842 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4843 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 4844 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */ |
| 4845 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4846 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 4847 | else |
| 4848 | { |
||
| 4849 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */ |
||
| 4850 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); |
||
| 4851 | } |
||
| 4852 | break; |
||
| 4853 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4854 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
| 50 | mjames | 4855 | { |
| 4856 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4857 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 4858 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */ |
| 4859 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4860 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 4861 | else |
| 4862 | { |
||
| 4863 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */ |
||
| 4864 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE); |
||
| 4865 | } |
||
| 4866 | break; |
||
| 4867 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4868 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
| 50 | mjames | 4869 | { |
| 4870 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4871 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 4872 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */ |
| 4873 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4874 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 4875 | else |
| 4876 | { |
||
| 4877 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */ |
||
| 4878 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE); |
||
| 4879 | } |
||
| 4880 | break; |
||
| 4881 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4882 | default: |
| 50 | mjames | 4883 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 4884 | } |
| 4885 | |||
| 4886 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4887 | |||
| 4888 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4889 | |||
| 4890 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 4891 | } |
||
| 4892 | |||
| 4893 | /** |
||
| 4894 | * @brief Configures the clock source to be used |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4895 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 4896 | * @param sClockSourceConfig pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4897 | * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral. |
| 4898 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4899 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4900 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef *sClockSourceConfig) |
| 30 | mjames | 4901 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 4902 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 30 | mjames | 4903 | |
| 4904 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 4905 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 4906 | |||
| 4907 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 4908 | |||
| 4909 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4910 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)); |
||
| 4911 | |||
| 4912 | /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */ |
||
| 4913 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
||
| 4914 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); |
||
| 4915 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); |
||
| 4916 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 4917 | |||
| 4918 | switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource) |
||
| 4919 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4920 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL: |
| 30 | mjames | 4921 | { |
| 4922 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4923 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 4924 | } |
| 4925 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 4926 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1: |
| 30 | mjames | 4927 | { |
| 4928 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/ |
||
| 4929 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4930 | |||
| 4931 | /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 4932 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); |
||
| 4933 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 4934 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4935 | |
| 30 | mjames | 4936 | /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ |
| 4937 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4938 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, |
||
| 4939 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 4940 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4941 | |
| 4942 | /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */ |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4943 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
| 4944 | tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1); |
||
| 4945 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 4946 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4947 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 4948 | } |
| 4949 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 4950 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2: |
| 30 | mjames | 4951 | { |
| 4952 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/ |
||
| 4953 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4954 | |||
| 4955 | /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 4956 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); |
||
| 4957 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 4958 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4959 | |
| 30 | mjames | 4960 | /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ |
| 4961 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4962 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, |
||
| 4963 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 4964 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 4965 | /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ |
||
| 4966 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4967 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 4968 | } |
| 4969 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 4970 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1: |
| 30 | mjames | 4971 | { |
| 4972 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ |
||
| 4973 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4974 | |||
| 4975 | /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 4976 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 4977 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4978 | |
| 30 | mjames | 4979 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
| 4980 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 4981 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 4982 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4983 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 4984 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 4985 | |
| 4986 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2: |
||
| 30 | mjames | 4987 | { |
| 4988 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/ |
||
| 4989 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4990 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 4991 | /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */ |
| 30 | mjames | 4992 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
| 4993 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 4994 | |||
| 4995 | TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4996 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 4997 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 4998 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 4999 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 5000 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 5001 | |
| 5002 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED: |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5003 | { |
| 5004 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ |
||
| 5005 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5006 | |||
| 5007 | /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 5008 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 5009 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 5010 | |||
| 5011 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 5012 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 5013 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 5014 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5015 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 5016 | } |
| 5017 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 5018 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0: |
| 5019 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1: |
||
| 5020 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2: |
||
| 5021 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3: |
||
| 5022 | { |
||
| 5023 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports internal trigger input */ |
||
| 5024 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5025 | |
| 50 | mjames | 5026 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource); |
| 5027 | break; |
||
| 5028 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5029 | |
| 50 | mjames | 5030 | default: |
| 5031 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5032 | } |
| 5033 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5034 | |||
| 5035 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5036 | |||
| 5037 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 5038 | } |
||
| 5039 | |||
| 5040 | /** |
||
| 5041 | * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input |
||
| 5042 | * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5043 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
| 5044 | * @param TI1_Selection Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5045 | * output of a XOR gate. |
| 5046 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5047 | * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input |
||
| 5048 | * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 |
||
| 5049 | * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination) |
||
| 5050 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 5051 | */ |
||
| 5052 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection) |
||
| 5053 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5054 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
| 30 | mjames | 5055 | |
| 5056 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5057 | assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5058 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection)); |
||
| 5059 | |||
| 5060 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 5061 | tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; |
||
| 5062 | |||
| 5063 | /* Reset the TI1 selection */ |
||
| 5064 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S; |
||
| 5065 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 5066 | /* Set the TI1 selection */ |
| 30 | mjames | 5067 | tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection; |
| 5068 | |||
| 5069 | /* Write to TIMxCR2 */ |
||
| 5070 | htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 5071 | |||
| 5072 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 5073 | } |
||
| 5074 | |||
| 5075 | /** |
||
| 5076 | * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5077 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
| 5078 | * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5079 | * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered |
| 50 | mjames | 5080 | * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode |
| 5081 | * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5082 | * @retval HAL status |
| 5083 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5084 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) |
| 30 | mjames | 5085 | { |
| 5086 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5087 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5088 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); |
||
| 5089 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5090 | |
| 30 | mjames | 5091 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
| 50 | mjames | 5092 | |
| 30 | mjames | 5093 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 5094 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 5095 | if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK) |
| 5096 | { |
||
| 5097 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5098 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5099 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5100 | } |
||
| 5101 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 5102 | /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */ |
| 5103 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5104 | |
| 30 | mjames | 5105 | /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ |
| 5106 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5107 | |
| 30 | mjames | 5108 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 50 | mjames | 5109 | |
| 5110 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5111 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 5112 | return HAL_OK; |
| 50 | mjames | 5113 | } |
| 30 | mjames | 5114 | |
| 5115 | /** |
||
| 5116 | * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5117 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
| 5118 | * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5119 | * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered |
| 50 | mjames | 5120 | * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode |
| 5121 | * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5122 | * @retval HAL status |
| 5123 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5124 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
| 5125 | TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5126 | { |
| 5127 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5128 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5129 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); |
||
| 5130 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5131 | |
| 30 | mjames | 5132 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
| 5133 | |||
| 5134 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5135 | |
| 5136 | if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 5137 | { |
||
| 5138 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5139 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5140 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5141 | } |
||
| 5142 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 5143 | /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */ |
| 5144 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5145 | |
| 30 | mjames | 5146 | /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ |
| 5147 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5148 | |
| 30 | mjames | 5149 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 50 | mjames | 5150 | |
| 5151 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5152 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 5153 | return HAL_OK; |
| 5154 | } |
||
| 5155 | |||
| 5156 | /** |
||
| 5157 | * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5158 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
| 5159 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5160 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 5161 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 5162 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 5163 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 5164 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 5165 | * @retval Captured value |
||
| 5166 | */ |
||
| 5167 | uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 5168 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5169 | uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; |
| 30 | mjames | 5170 | |
| 5171 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 5172 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5173 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
| 30 | mjames | 5174 | { |
| 5175 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5176 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5177 | |||
| 5178 | /* Return the capture 1 value */ |
||
| 5179 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1; |
||
| 5180 | |||
| 5181 | break; |
||
| 5182 | } |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5183 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
| 30 | mjames | 5184 | { |
| 5185 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5186 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5187 | |||
| 5188 | /* Return the capture 2 value */ |
||
| 5189 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2; |
||
| 5190 | |||
| 5191 | break; |
||
| 5192 | } |
||
| 5193 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 5194 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
| 30 | mjames | 5195 | { |
| 5196 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5197 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5198 | |||
| 5199 | /* Return the capture 3 value */ |
||
| 5200 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3; |
||
| 5201 | |||
| 5202 | break; |
||
| 5203 | } |
||
| 5204 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 5205 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
| 30 | mjames | 5206 | { |
| 5207 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5208 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5209 | |||
| 5210 | /* Return the capture 4 value */ |
||
| 5211 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4; |
||
| 5212 | |||
| 5213 | break; |
||
| 5214 | } |
||
| 5215 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 5216 | default: |
| 5217 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5218 | } |
| 5219 | |||
| 5220 | return tmpreg; |
||
| 5221 | } |
||
| 5222 | |||
| 5223 | /** |
||
| 5224 | * @} |
||
| 5225 | */ |
||
| 5226 | |||
| 5227 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5228 | * @brief TIM Callbacks functions |
| 5229 | * |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5230 | @verbatim |
| 5231 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 5232 | ##### TIM Callbacks functions ##### |
||
| 5233 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 5234 | [..] |
||
| 5235 | This section provides TIM callback functions: |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5236 | (+) TIM Period elapsed callback |
| 5237 | (+) TIM Output Compare callback |
||
| 5238 | (+) TIM Input capture callback |
||
| 5239 | (+) TIM Trigger callback |
||
| 5240 | (+) TIM Error callback |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5241 | |
| 5242 | @endverbatim |
||
| 5243 | * @{ |
||
| 5244 | */ |
||
| 5245 | |||
| 5246 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5247 | * @brief Period elapsed callback in non-blocking mode |
| 5248 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5249 | * @retval None |
| 5250 | */ |
||
| 5251 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5252 | { |
||
| 5253 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5254 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5255 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 5256 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 5257 | the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5258 | */ |
| 50 | mjames | 5259 | } |
| 30 | mjames | 5260 | |
| 50 | mjames | 5261 | /** |
| 5262 | * @brief Period elapsed half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5263 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5264 | * @retval None |
||
| 5265 | */ |
||
| 5266 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5267 | { |
||
| 5268 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5269 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5270 | |||
| 5271 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5272 | the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5273 | */ |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5274 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 5275 | |
| 30 | mjames | 5276 | /** |
| 50 | mjames | 5277 | * @brief Output Compare callback in non-blocking mode |
| 5278 | * @param htim TIM OC handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5279 | * @retval None |
| 5280 | */ |
||
| 5281 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5282 | { |
||
| 5283 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5284 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5285 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 5286 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 5287 | the HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5288 | */ |
| 5289 | } |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5290 | |
| 30 | mjames | 5291 | /** |
| 50 | mjames | 5292 | * @brief Input Capture callback in non-blocking mode |
| 5293 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5294 | * @retval None |
| 5295 | */ |
||
| 5296 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5297 | { |
||
| 5298 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5299 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5300 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 5301 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 5302 | the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5303 | */ |
| 5304 | } |
||
| 5305 | |||
| 5306 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5307 | * @brief Input Capture half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
| 5308 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5309 | * @retval None |
| 5310 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5311 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 5312 | { |
||
| 5313 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5314 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5315 | |||
| 5316 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5317 | the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5318 | */ |
||
| 5319 | } |
||
| 5320 | |||
| 5321 | /** |
||
| 5322 | * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5323 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5324 | * @retval None |
||
| 5325 | */ |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5326 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 5327 | { |
||
| 5328 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5329 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5330 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 5331 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 5332 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5333 | */ |
| 5334 | } |
||
| 5335 | |||
| 5336 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5337 | * @brief PWM Pulse finished half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
| 5338 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5339 | * @retval None |
| 5340 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5341 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 5342 | { |
||
| 5343 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5344 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5345 | |||
| 5346 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5347 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5348 | */ |
||
| 5349 | } |
||
| 5350 | |||
| 5351 | /** |
||
| 5352 | * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5353 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5354 | * @retval None |
||
| 5355 | */ |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5356 | __weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 5357 | { |
||
| 5358 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5359 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5360 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 5361 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 30 | mjames | 5362 | the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file |
| 5363 | */ |
||
| 5364 | } |
||
| 5365 | |||
| 5366 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5367 | * @brief Hall Trigger detection half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
| 5368 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5369 | * @retval None |
| 5370 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5371 | __weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 5372 | { |
||
| 5373 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5374 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5375 | |||
| 5376 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5377 | the HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5378 | */ |
||
| 5379 | } |
||
| 5380 | |||
| 5381 | /** |
||
| 5382 | * @brief Timer error callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5383 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5384 | * @retval None |
||
| 5385 | */ |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5386 | __weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 5387 | { |
||
| 5388 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5389 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5390 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 5391 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 30 | mjames | 5392 | the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file |
| 5393 | */ |
||
| 5394 | } |
||
| 5395 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 5396 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 30 | mjames | 5397 | /** |
| 50 | mjames | 5398 | * @brief Register a User TIM callback to be used instead of the weak predefined callback |
| 5399 | * @param htim tim handle |
||
| 5400 | * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered |
||
| 5401 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5402 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5403 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5404 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5405 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5406 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5407 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5408 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5409 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5410 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5411 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5412 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5413 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5414 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID |
||
| 5415 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5416 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID |
||
| 5417 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5418 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID |
||
| 5419 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5420 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID |
||
| 5421 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID |
||
| 5422 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5423 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID |
||
| 5424 | * @param pCallback pointer to the callback function |
||
| 5425 | * @retval status |
||
| 5426 | */ |
||
| 5427 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, |
||
| 5428 | pTIM_CallbackTypeDef pCallback) |
||
| 5429 | { |
||
| 5430 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 5431 | |||
| 5432 | if (pCallback == NULL) |
||
| 5433 | { |
||
| 5434 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5435 | } |
||
| 5436 | /* Process locked */ |
||
| 5437 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 5438 | |||
| 5439 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
| 5440 | { |
||
| 5441 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
| 5442 | { |
||
| 5443 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5444 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5445 | break; |
||
| 5446 | |||
| 5447 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5448 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5449 | break; |
||
| 5450 | |||
| 5451 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5452 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5453 | break; |
||
| 5454 | |||
| 5455 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5456 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5457 | break; |
||
| 5458 | |||
| 5459 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5460 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5461 | break; |
||
| 5462 | |||
| 5463 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5464 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5465 | break; |
||
| 5466 | |||
| 5467 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5468 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5469 | break; |
||
| 5470 | |||
| 5471 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5472 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5473 | break; |
||
| 5474 | |||
| 5475 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5476 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5477 | break; |
||
| 5478 | |||
| 5479 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5480 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5481 | break; |
||
| 5482 | |||
| 5483 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5484 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5485 | break; |
||
| 5486 | |||
| 5487 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5488 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5489 | break; |
||
| 5490 | |||
| 5491 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
| 5492 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5493 | break; |
||
| 5494 | |||
| 5495 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5496 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5497 | break; |
||
| 5498 | |||
| 5499 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID : |
||
| 5500 | htim->TriggerCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5501 | break; |
||
| 5502 | |||
| 5503 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5504 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5505 | break; |
||
| 5506 | |||
| 5507 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID : |
||
| 5508 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5509 | break; |
||
| 5510 | |||
| 5511 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5512 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5513 | break; |
||
| 5514 | |||
| 5515 | case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
| 5516 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5517 | break; |
||
| 5518 | |||
| 5519 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID : |
||
| 5520 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5521 | break; |
||
| 5522 | |||
| 5523 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5524 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5525 | break; |
||
| 5526 | |||
| 5527 | case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID : |
||
| 5528 | htim->ErrorCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5529 | break; |
||
| 5530 | |||
| 5531 | default : |
||
| 5532 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5533 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5534 | break; |
||
| 5535 | } |
||
| 5536 | } |
||
| 5537 | else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 5538 | { |
||
| 5539 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
| 5540 | { |
||
| 5541 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5542 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5543 | break; |
||
| 5544 | |||
| 5545 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5546 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5547 | break; |
||
| 5548 | |||
| 5549 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5550 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5551 | break; |
||
| 5552 | |||
| 5553 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5554 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5555 | break; |
||
| 5556 | |||
| 5557 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5558 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5559 | break; |
||
| 5560 | |||
| 5561 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5562 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5563 | break; |
||
| 5564 | |||
| 5565 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5566 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5567 | break; |
||
| 5568 | |||
| 5569 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5570 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5571 | break; |
||
| 5572 | |||
| 5573 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5574 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5575 | break; |
||
| 5576 | |||
| 5577 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5578 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5579 | break; |
||
| 5580 | |||
| 5581 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5582 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5583 | break; |
||
| 5584 | |||
| 5585 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5586 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5587 | break; |
||
| 5588 | |||
| 5589 | default : |
||
| 5590 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5591 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5592 | break; |
||
| 5593 | } |
||
| 5594 | } |
||
| 5595 | else |
||
| 5596 | { |
||
| 5597 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5598 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5599 | } |
||
| 5600 | |||
| 5601 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 5602 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5603 | |||
| 5604 | return status; |
||
| 5605 | } |
||
| 5606 | |||
| 5607 | /** |
||
| 5608 | * @brief Unregister a TIM callback |
||
| 5609 | * TIM callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback |
||
| 5610 | * @param htim tim handle |
||
| 5611 | * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered |
||
| 5612 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5613 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5614 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5615 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5616 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5617 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5618 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5619 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5620 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5621 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5622 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5623 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5624 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5625 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID |
||
| 5626 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5627 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID |
||
| 5628 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5629 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID |
||
| 5630 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5631 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID |
||
| 5632 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID |
||
| 5633 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5634 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID |
||
| 5635 | * @retval status |
||
| 5636 | */ |
||
| 5637 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) |
||
| 5638 | { |
||
| 5639 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 5640 | |||
| 5641 | /* Process locked */ |
||
| 5642 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 5643 | |||
| 5644 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
| 5645 | { |
||
| 5646 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
| 5647 | { |
||
| 5648 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5649 | /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */ |
| 5650 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5651 | break; |
| 5652 | |||
| 5653 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5654 | /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */ |
| 5655 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5656 | break; |
| 5657 | |||
| 5658 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5659 | /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */ |
| 5660 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5661 | break; |
| 5662 | |||
| 5663 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5664 | /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
| 5665 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5666 | break; |
| 5667 | |||
| 5668 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5669 | /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */ |
| 5670 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5671 | break; |
| 5672 | |||
| 5673 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5674 | /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
| 5675 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5676 | break; |
| 5677 | |||
| 5678 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5679 | /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */ |
| 5680 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5681 | break; |
| 5682 | |||
| 5683 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5684 | /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */ |
| 5685 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5686 | break; |
| 5687 | |||
| 5688 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5689 | /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */ |
| 5690 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5691 | break; |
| 5692 | |||
| 5693 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5694 | /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */ |
| 5695 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5696 | break; |
| 5697 | |||
| 5698 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5699 | /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */ |
| 5700 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5701 | break; |
| 5702 | |||
| 5703 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5704 | /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */ |
| 5705 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5706 | break; |
| 5707 | |||
| 5708 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5709 | /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed Callback */ |
| 5710 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5711 | break; |
| 5712 | |||
| 5713 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5714 | /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed half complete Callback */ |
| 5715 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5716 | break; |
| 5717 | |||
| 5718 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5719 | /* Legacy weak Trigger Callback */ |
| 5720 | htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5721 | break; |
| 5722 | |||
| 5723 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5724 | /* Legacy weak Trigger half complete Callback */ |
| 5725 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5726 | break; |
| 5727 | |||
| 5728 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5729 | /* Legacy weak IC Capture Callback */ |
| 5730 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5731 | break; |
| 5732 | |||
| 5733 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5734 | /* Legacy weak IC Capture half complete Callback */ |
| 5735 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5736 | break; |
| 5737 | |||
| 5738 | case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5739 | /* Legacy weak OC Delay Elapsed Callback */ |
| 5740 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5741 | break; |
| 5742 | |||
| 5743 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5744 | /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished Callback */ |
| 5745 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5746 | break; |
| 5747 | |||
| 5748 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5749 | /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback */ |
| 5750 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5751 | break; |
| 5752 | |||
| 5753 | case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5754 | /* Legacy weak Error Callback */ |
| 5755 | htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5756 | break; |
| 5757 | |||
| 5758 | default : |
||
| 5759 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5760 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5761 | break; |
||
| 5762 | } |
||
| 5763 | } |
||
| 5764 | else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 5765 | { |
||
| 5766 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
| 5767 | { |
||
| 5768 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5769 | /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */ |
| 5770 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5771 | break; |
| 5772 | |||
| 5773 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5774 | /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */ |
| 5775 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5776 | break; |
| 5777 | |||
| 5778 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5779 | /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */ |
| 5780 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5781 | break; |
| 5782 | |||
| 5783 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5784 | /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
| 5785 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5786 | break; |
| 5787 | |||
| 5788 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5789 | /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */ |
| 5790 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5791 | break; |
| 5792 | |||
| 5793 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5794 | /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
| 5795 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5796 | break; |
| 5797 | |||
| 5798 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5799 | /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */ |
| 5800 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5801 | break; |
| 5802 | |||
| 5803 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5804 | /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */ |
| 5805 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5806 | break; |
| 5807 | |||
| 5808 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5809 | /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */ |
| 5810 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5811 | break; |
| 5812 | |||
| 5813 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5814 | /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */ |
| 5815 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5816 | break; |
| 5817 | |||
| 5818 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5819 | /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */ |
| 5820 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5821 | break; |
| 5822 | |||
| 5823 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5824 | /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */ |
| 5825 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5826 | break; |
| 5827 | |||
| 5828 | default : |
||
| 5829 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5830 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5831 | break; |
||
| 5832 | } |
||
| 5833 | } |
||
| 5834 | else |
||
| 5835 | { |
||
| 5836 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5837 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5838 | } |
||
| 5839 | |||
| 5840 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 5841 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5842 | |||
| 5843 | return status; |
||
| 5844 | } |
||
| 5845 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 5846 | |||
| 5847 | /** |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5848 | * @} |
| 5849 | */ |
||
| 5850 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 5851 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 TIM Peripheral State functions |
| 5852 | * @brief TIM Peripheral State functions |
||
| 5853 | * |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5854 | @verbatim |
| 5855 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 5856 | ##### Peripheral State functions ##### |
||
| 5857 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 5858 | [..] |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5859 | This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral |
| 30 | mjames | 5860 | and the data flow. |
| 5861 | |||
| 5862 | @endverbatim |
||
| 5863 | * @{ |
||
| 5864 | */ |
||
| 5865 | |||
| 5866 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5867 | * @brief Return the TIM Base handle state. |
| 5868 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5869 | * @retval HAL state |
| 5870 | */ |
||
| 5871 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5872 | { |
||
| 5873 | return htim->State; |
||
| 5874 | } |
||
| 5875 | |||
| 5876 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5877 | * @brief Return the TIM OC handle state. |
| 5878 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5879 | * @retval HAL state |
| 5880 | */ |
||
| 5881 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5882 | { |
||
| 5883 | return htim->State; |
||
| 5884 | } |
||
| 5885 | |||
| 5886 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5887 | * @brief Return the TIM PWM handle state. |
| 5888 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5889 | * @retval HAL state |
| 5890 | */ |
||
| 5891 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5892 | { |
||
| 5893 | return htim->State; |
||
| 5894 | } |
||
| 5895 | |||
| 5896 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5897 | * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture handle state. |
| 5898 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5899 | * @retval HAL state |
| 5900 | */ |
||
| 5901 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5902 | { |
||
| 5903 | return htim->State; |
||
| 5904 | } |
||
| 5905 | |||
| 5906 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5907 | * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode handle state. |
| 5908 | * @param htim TIM OPM handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5909 | * @retval HAL state |
| 5910 | */ |
||
| 5911 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5912 | { |
||
| 5913 | return htim->State; |
||
| 5914 | } |
||
| 5915 | |||
| 5916 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5917 | * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state. |
| 5918 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5919 | * @retval HAL state |
| 5920 | */ |
||
| 5921 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5922 | { |
||
| 5923 | return htim->State; |
||
| 5924 | } |
||
| 5925 | |||
| 5926 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5927 | * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state. |
| 5928 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5929 | * @retval Active channel |
||
| 5930 | */ |
||
| 5931 | HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel HAL_TIM_GetActiveChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5932 | { |
||
| 5933 | return htim->Channel; |
||
| 5934 | } |
||
| 5935 | |||
| 5936 | /** |
||
| 5937 | * @brief Return actual state of the TIM channel. |
||
| 5938 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5939 | * @param Channel TIM Channel |
||
| 5940 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5941 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 |
||
| 5942 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 |
||
| 5943 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 |
||
| 5944 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 |
||
| 5945 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 |
||
| 5946 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 |
||
| 5947 | * @retval TIM Channel state |
||
| 5948 | */ |
||
| 5949 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_GetChannelState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 5950 | { |
||
| 5951 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state; |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5952 | |
| 50 | mjames | 5953 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 5954 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 5955 | |||
| 5956 | channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5957 | |
| 50 | mjames | 5958 | return channel_state; |
| 5959 | } |
||
| 5960 | |||
| 5961 | /** |
||
| 5962 | * @brief Return actual state of a DMA burst operation. |
||
| 5963 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5964 | * @retval DMA burst state |
||
| 5965 | */ |
||
| 5966 | HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurstState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5967 | { |
||
| 5968 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5969 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 61 | mjames | 5970 | |
| 50 | mjames | 5971 | return htim->DMABurstState; |
| 5972 | } |
||
| 5973 | |||
| 5974 | /** |
||
| 5975 | * @} |
||
| 5976 | */ |
||
| 5977 | |||
| 5978 | /** |
||
| 5979 | * @} |
||
| 5980 | */ |
||
| 5981 | |||
| 5982 | /** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions |
||
| 5983 | * @{ |
||
| 5984 | */ |
||
| 5985 | |||
| 5986 | /** |
||
| 30 | mjames | 5987 | * @brief TIM DMA error callback |
| 50 | mjames | 5988 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
| 30 | mjames | 5989 | * @retval None |
| 5990 | */ |
||
| 5991 | void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 5992 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 5993 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
| 30 | mjames | 5994 | |
| 50 | mjames | 5995 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
| 5996 | { |
||
| 5997 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 5998 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 5999 | } |
||
| 6000 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 6001 | { |
||
| 6002 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 6003 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6004 | } |
||
| 6005 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 6006 | { |
||
| 6007 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 6008 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6009 | } |
||
| 6010 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 6011 | { |
||
| 6012 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 6013 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6014 | } |
||
| 6015 | else |
||
| 6016 | { |
||
| 6017 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 6018 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6019 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6020 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 6021 | htim->ErrorCallback(htim); |
||
| 6022 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6023 | HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim); |
| 50 | mjames | 6024 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 6025 | |||
| 6026 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6027 | } |
| 6028 | |||
| 6029 | /** |
||
| 6030 | * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6031 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
| 30 | mjames | 6032 | * @retval None |
| 6033 | */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 6034 | static void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
| 30 | mjames | 6035 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 6036 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
| 30 | mjames | 6037 | |
| 6038 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
| 6039 | { |
||
| 6040 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 61 | mjames | 6041 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6042 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
| 6043 | { |
||
| 6044 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6045 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6046 | } |
| 6047 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 6048 | { |
||
| 6049 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 61 | mjames | 6050 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6051 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
| 6052 | { |
||
| 6053 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6054 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6055 | } |
| 6056 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 6057 | { |
||
| 6058 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 61 | mjames | 6059 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6060 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
| 6061 | { |
||
| 6062 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6063 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6064 | } |
| 6065 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 6066 | { |
||
| 6067 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 61 | mjames | 6068 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6069 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
| 6070 | { |
||
| 6071 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6072 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6073 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 6074 | else |
| 6075 | { |
||
| 6076 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
| 6077 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6078 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6079 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 6080 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 6081 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6082 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
| 50 | mjames | 6083 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 6084 | |
| 6085 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 6086 | } |
||
| 6087 | |||
| 6088 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6089 | * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse half complete callback. |
| 6090 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6091 | * @retval None |
||
| 6092 | */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 6093 | static void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
| 50 | mjames | 6094 | { |
| 6095 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6096 | |||
| 6097 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
| 6098 | { |
||
| 6099 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 6100 | } |
||
| 6101 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 6102 | { |
||
| 6103 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 6104 | } |
||
| 6105 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 6106 | { |
||
| 6107 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 6108 | } |
||
| 6109 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 6110 | { |
||
| 6111 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 6112 | } |
||
| 6113 | else |
||
| 6114 | { |
||
| 6115 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
| 6116 | } |
||
| 6117 | |||
| 6118 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6119 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6120 | #else |
||
| 6121 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6122 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6123 | |||
| 6124 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 6125 | } |
||
| 6126 | |||
| 6127 | /** |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6128 | * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback. |
| 50 | mjames | 6129 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
| 30 | mjames | 6130 | * @retval None |
| 6131 | */ |
||
| 6132 | void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6133 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6134 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
| 30 | mjames | 6135 | |
| 6136 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
| 6137 | { |
||
| 6138 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 61 | mjames | 6139 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6140 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
| 6141 | { |
||
| 6142 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6143 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6144 | } |
| 6145 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 6146 | { |
||
| 6147 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 61 | mjames | 6148 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6149 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
| 6150 | { |
||
| 6151 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6152 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6153 | } |
| 6154 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 6155 | { |
||
| 6156 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 61 | mjames | 6157 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6158 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
| 6159 | { |
||
| 6160 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6161 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6162 | } |
| 6163 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 6164 | { |
||
| 6165 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 61 | mjames | 6166 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6167 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
| 6168 | { |
||
| 6169 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6170 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6171 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 6172 | else |
| 6173 | { |
||
| 6174 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
| 6175 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6176 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6177 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 6178 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 6179 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6180 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
| 50 | mjames | 6181 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 6182 | |
| 6183 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 6184 | } |
||
| 6185 | |||
| 6186 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6187 | * @brief TIM DMA Capture half complete callback. |
| 6188 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6189 | * @retval None |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6190 | */ |
| 50 | mjames | 6191 | void TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
| 6192 | { |
||
| 6193 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6194 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6195 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
| 6196 | { |
||
| 6197 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 6198 | } |
||
| 6199 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 6200 | { |
||
| 6201 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 6202 | } |
||
| 6203 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 6204 | { |
||
| 6205 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 6206 | } |
||
| 6207 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 6208 | { |
||
| 6209 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 6210 | } |
||
| 6211 | else |
||
| 6212 | { |
||
| 6213 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
| 6214 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6215 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6216 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 6217 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6218 | #else |
||
| 6219 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6220 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6221 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6222 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
| 6223 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6224 | |
| 6225 | /** |
||
| 6226 | * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6227 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
| 30 | mjames | 6228 | * @retval None |
| 6229 | */ |
||
| 6230 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6231 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6232 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
| 30 | mjames | 6233 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6234 | if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
| 6235 | { |
||
| 6236 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 6237 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6238 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6239 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 6240 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 6241 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6242 | HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
| 50 | mjames | 6243 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 6244 | } |
| 6245 | |||
| 6246 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6247 | * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse half complete callback. |
| 6248 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6249 | * @retval None |
||
| 6250 | */ |
||
| 6251 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6252 | { |
||
| 6253 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6254 | |||
| 6255 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6256 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6257 | #else |
||
| 6258 | HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6259 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6260 | } |
||
| 6261 | |||
| 6262 | /** |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6263 | * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback. |
| 50 | mjames | 6264 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
| 30 | mjames | 6265 | * @retval None |
| 6266 | */ |
||
| 6267 | static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6268 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6269 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
| 30 | mjames | 6270 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6271 | if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
| 6272 | { |
||
| 6273 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 6274 | } |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6275 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6276 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 6277 | htim->TriggerCallback(htim); |
||
| 6278 | #else |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6279 | HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); |
| 50 | mjames | 6280 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 30 | mjames | 6281 | } |
| 6282 | |||
| 6283 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6284 | * @brief TIM DMA Trigger half complete callback. |
| 6285 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6286 | * @retval None |
||
| 6287 | */ |
||
| 6288 | static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6289 | { |
||
| 6290 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6291 | |||
| 6292 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6293 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6294 | #else |
||
| 6295 | HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6296 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6297 | } |
||
| 6298 | |||
| 6299 | /** |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6300 | * @brief Time Base configuration |
| 50 | mjames | 6301 | * @param TIMx TIM peripheral |
| 6302 | * @param Structure TIM Base configuration structure |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6303 | * @retval None |
| 6304 | */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 6305 | static void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure) |
| 30 | mjames | 6306 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 6307 | uint32_t tmpcr1; |
| 30 | mjames | 6308 | tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; |
| 6309 | |||
| 6310 | /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 6311 | if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 6312 | { |
||
| 6313 | /* Select the Counter Mode */ |
||
| 6314 | tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); |
||
| 6315 | tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode; |
||
| 6316 | } |
||
| 6317 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 6318 | if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
| 30 | mjames | 6319 | { |
| 6320 | /* Set the clock division */ |
||
| 6321 | tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD; |
||
| 6322 | tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision; |
||
| 6323 | } |
||
| 6324 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 6325 | /* Set the auto-reload preload */ |
| 6326 | MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_ARPE, Structure->AutoReloadPreload); |
||
| 6327 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 6328 | TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; |
| 6329 | |||
| 6330 | /* Set the Autoreload value */ |
||
| 6331 | TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ; |
||
| 6332 | |||
| 6333 | /* Set the Prescaler value */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6334 | TIMx->PSC = Structure->Prescaler; |
| 30 | mjames | 6335 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6336 | /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler |
| 6337 | and the repetition counter (only for advanced timer) value immediately */ |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6338 | TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG; |
| 6339 | } |
||
| 6340 | |||
| 6341 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6342 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 1 configuration |
| 30 | mjames | 6343 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
| 50 | mjames | 6344 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
| 30 | mjames | 6345 | * @retval None |
| 6346 | */ |
||
| 6347 | static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 6348 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6349 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
| 6350 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 6351 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6352 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6353 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
| 30 | mjames | 6354 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
| 6355 | |||
| 6356 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 6357 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6358 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 6359 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 6360 | |||
| 6361 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
| 6362 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 6363 | |||
| 6364 | /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ |
||
| 6365 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; |
||
| 6366 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; |
||
| 6367 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 6368 | tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; |
||
| 6369 | |||
| 6370 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 6371 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P; |
||
| 6372 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 6373 | tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity; |
||
| 6374 | |||
| 6375 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 6376 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 6377 | |||
| 6378 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
| 6379 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 6380 | |||
| 6381 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 6382 | TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 6383 | |||
| 6384 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 6385 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6386 | } |
||
| 6387 | |||
| 6388 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6389 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 2 configuration |
| 30 | mjames | 6390 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
| 50 | mjames | 6391 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
| 30 | mjames | 6392 | * @retval None |
| 6393 | */ |
||
| 6394 | static void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 6395 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6396 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
| 6397 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 6398 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6399 | |
| 6400 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 6401 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
| 6402 | |||
| 6403 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 6404 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6405 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 6406 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 6407 | |||
| 6408 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
| 6409 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 6410 | |||
| 6411 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
| 6412 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; |
||
| 6413 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; |
||
| 6414 | |||
| 6415 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6416 | tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); |
| 30 | mjames | 6417 | |
| 6418 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 6419 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P; |
||
| 6420 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6421 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U); |
| 30 | mjames | 6422 | |
| 6423 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 6424 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 6425 | |||
| 6426 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
| 6427 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 6428 | |||
| 6429 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 6430 | TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 6431 | |||
| 6432 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 6433 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6434 | } |
||
| 6435 | |||
| 6436 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6437 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 3 configuration |
| 30 | mjames | 6438 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
| 50 | mjames | 6439 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
| 30 | mjames | 6440 | * @retval None |
| 6441 | */ |
||
| 6442 | static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 6443 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6444 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
| 6445 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 6446 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6447 | |
| 6448 | /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 6449 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; |
||
| 6450 | |||
| 6451 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 6452 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6453 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 6454 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 6455 | |||
| 6456 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ |
||
| 6457 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 6458 | |||
| 6459 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
| 6460 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; |
||
| 6461 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; |
||
| 6462 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 6463 | tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; |
||
| 6464 | |||
| 6465 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 6466 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P; |
||
| 6467 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6468 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U); |
| 30 | mjames | 6469 | |
| 6470 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 6471 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 6472 | |||
| 6473 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ |
||
| 6474 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 6475 | |||
| 6476 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 6477 | TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 6478 | |||
| 6479 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 6480 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6481 | } |
||
| 6482 | |||
| 6483 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6484 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 4 configuration |
| 30 | mjames | 6485 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
| 50 | mjames | 6486 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
| 30 | mjames | 6487 | * @retval None |
| 6488 | */ |
||
| 6489 | static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 6490 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6491 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
| 6492 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 6493 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6494 | |
| 6495 | /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ |
||
| 6496 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; |
||
| 6497 | |||
| 6498 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 6499 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6500 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 6501 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 6502 | |||
| 6503 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ |
||
| 6504 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 6505 | |||
| 6506 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
| 6507 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; |
||
| 6508 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; |
||
| 6509 | |||
| 6510 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6511 | tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); |
| 30 | mjames | 6512 | |
| 6513 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 6514 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; |
||
| 6515 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6516 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U); |
| 30 | mjames | 6517 | |
| 6518 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 6519 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 6520 | |||
| 6521 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ |
||
| 6522 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 6523 | |||
| 6524 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 6525 | TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 6526 | |||
| 6527 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 6528 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6529 | } |
||
| 6530 | |||
| 6531 | /** |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6532 | * @brief Slave Timer configuration function |
| 6533 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 6534 | * @param sSlaveConfig Slave timer configuration |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6535 | * @retval None |
| 6536 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6537 | static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
| 6538 | TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6539 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 6540 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 6541 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
||
| 6542 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6543 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6544 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
| 30 | mjames | 6545 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
| 6546 | |||
| 6547 | /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */ |
||
| 6548 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 6549 | /* Set the Input Trigger source */ |
||
| 6550 | tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger; |
||
| 6551 | |||
| 6552 | /* Reset the slave mode Bits */ |
||
| 6553 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 6554 | /* Set the slave mode */ |
||
| 6555 | tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode; |
||
| 6556 | |||
| 6557 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 6558 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6559 | |
| 30 | mjames | 6560 | /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */ |
| 6561 | switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger) |
||
| 6562 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6563 | case TIM_TS_ETRF: |
| 30 | mjames | 6564 | { |
| 6565 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 6566 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 6567 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler)); |
||
| 6568 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
| 6569 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 6570 | /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6571 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
| 6572 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler, |
||
| 6573 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6574 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
| 50 | mjames | 6575 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 6576 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 6577 | |
| 6578 | case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6579 | { |
| 6580 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 6581 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 6582 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6583 | |
| 6584 | if (sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode == TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED) |
||
| 6585 | { |
||
| 6586 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 6587 | } |
||
| 6588 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 6589 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
| 6590 | tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; |
||
| 6591 | htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6592 | tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; |
| 6593 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 6594 | /* Set the filter */ |
| 6595 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6596 | tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U); |
| 6597 | |||
| 30 | mjames | 6598 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
| 6599 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6600 | htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; |
| 6601 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6602 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 6603 | |
| 6604 | case TIM_TS_TI1FP1: |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6605 | { |
| 6606 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 6607 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 6608 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
| 6609 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 6610 | |||
| 6611 | /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */ |
||
| 6612 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 6613 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
||
| 6614 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6615 | break; |
| 30 | mjames | 6616 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 6617 | |
| 6618 | case TIM_TS_TI2FP2: |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6619 | { |
| 6620 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 6621 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 6622 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
| 6623 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6624 | |
| 30 | mjames | 6625 | /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */ |
| 6626 | TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6627 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
| 6628 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
||
| 6629 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6630 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 6631 | |
| 6632 | case TIM_TS_ITR0: |
||
| 6633 | case TIM_TS_ITR1: |
||
| 6634 | case TIM_TS_ITR2: |
||
| 6635 | case TIM_TS_ITR3: |
||
| 6636 | { |
||
| 6637 | /* Check the parameter */ |
||
| 6638 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 6639 | break; |
||
| 6640 | } |
||
| 6641 | |||
| 6642 | default: |
||
| 6643 | break; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6644 | } |
| 50 | mjames | 6645 | return HAL_OK; |
| 30 | mjames | 6646 | } |
| 6647 | |||
| 6648 | /** |
||
| 6649 | * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. |
||
| 6650 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6651 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
| 30 | mjames | 6652 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 6653 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
| 6654 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 6655 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6656 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
| 30 | mjames | 6657 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 50 | mjames | 6658 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. |
| 6659 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. |
||
| 6660 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
||
| 6661 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6662 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
| 6663 | * @retval None |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6664 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1 |
| 6665 | * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6666 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
| 6667 | */ |
||
| 6668 | static void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6669 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
| 30 | mjames | 6670 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 6671 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
| 6672 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6673 | |
| 6674 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 6675 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
| 6676 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 6677 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6678 | |||
| 6679 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6680 | if (IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) |
| 30 | mjames | 6681 | { |
| 6682 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; |
||
| 6683 | tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection; |
||
| 6684 | } |
||
| 6685 | else |
||
| 6686 | { |
||
| 6687 | tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0; |
||
| 6688 | } |
||
| 6689 | |||
| 6690 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 6691 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6692 | tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); |
| 30 | mjames | 6693 | |
| 6694 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 6695 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); |
||
| 6696 | tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); |
||
| 6697 | |||
| 6698 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 6699 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 6700 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6701 | } |
||
| 6702 | |||
| 6703 | /** |
||
| 6704 | * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1. |
||
| 6705 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6706 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
| 30 | mjames | 6707 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 50 | mjames | 6708 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
| 6709 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 6710 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
| 6711 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6712 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
| 6713 | * @retval None |
||
| 6714 | */ |
||
| 6715 | static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 6716 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6717 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
| 6718 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6719 | |
| 6720 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 6721 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6722 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
| 6723 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 6724 | |||
| 6725 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 6726 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6727 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U); |
| 30 | mjames | 6728 | |
| 6729 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 6730 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); |
||
| 6731 | tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity; |
||
| 6732 | |||
| 6733 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 6734 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 6735 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6736 | } |
||
| 6737 | |||
| 6738 | /** |
||
| 6739 | * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. |
||
| 6740 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6741 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
| 30 | mjames | 6742 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 50 | mjames | 6743 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
| 6744 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 6745 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
| 6746 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6747 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 50 | mjames | 6748 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. |
| 30 | mjames | 6749 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. |
| 50 | mjames | 6750 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
| 6751 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6752 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
| 6753 | * @retval None |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6754 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2 |
| 6755 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6756 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
| 6757 | */ |
||
| 6758 | static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6759 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
| 30 | mjames | 6760 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 6761 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
| 6762 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6763 | |
| 6764 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 6765 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
| 6766 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 6767 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6768 | |||
| 6769 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 6770 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6771 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); |
| 30 | mjames | 6772 | |
| 6773 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 6774 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6775 | tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); |
| 30 | mjames | 6776 | |
| 6777 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 6778 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6779 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); |
| 30 | mjames | 6780 | |
| 6781 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 6782 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; |
||
| 6783 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6784 | } |
||
| 6785 | |||
| 6786 | /** |
||
| 6787 | * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2. |
||
| 6788 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6789 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
| 30 | mjames | 6790 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 50 | mjames | 6791 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
| 6792 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6793 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
| 50 | mjames | 6794 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
| 30 | mjames | 6795 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
| 6796 | * @retval None |
||
| 6797 | */ |
||
| 6798 | static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 6799 | { |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6800 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
| 6801 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6802 | |
| 6803 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 6804 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
| 6805 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 6806 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6807 | |||
| 6808 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 6809 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6810 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U); |
| 30 | mjames | 6811 | |
| 6812 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 6813 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6814 | tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U); |
| 30 | mjames | 6815 | |
| 6816 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 6817 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; |
||
| 6818 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6819 | } |
||
| 6820 | |||
| 6821 | /** |
||
| 6822 | * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. |
||
| 6823 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6824 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
| 30 | mjames | 6825 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 50 | mjames | 6826 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
| 6827 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6828 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
| 50 | mjames | 6829 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
| 30 | mjames | 6830 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 50 | mjames | 6831 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. |
| 30 | mjames | 6832 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. |
| 50 | mjames | 6833 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
| 6834 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6835 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
| 6836 | * @retval None |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6837 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4 |
| 6838 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6839 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
| 6840 | */ |
||
| 6841 | static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6842 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
| 30 | mjames | 6843 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 6844 | uint32_t tmpccmr2; |
| 6845 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6846 | |
| 6847 | /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ |
||
| 6848 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; |
||
| 6849 | tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 6850 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6851 | |||
| 6852 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 6853 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; |
||
| 6854 | tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection; |
||
| 6855 | |||
| 6856 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 6857 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6858 | tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); |
| 30 | mjames | 6859 | |
| 6860 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ |
||
| 6861 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6862 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP)); |
| 30 | mjames | 6863 | |
| 6864 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 6865 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; |
||
| 6866 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6867 | } |
||
| 6868 | |||
| 6869 | /** |
||
| 6870 | * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. |
||
| 6871 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6872 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
| 30 | mjames | 6873 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 50 | mjames | 6874 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
| 6875 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6876 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
| 50 | mjames | 6877 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
| 30 | mjames | 6878 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 50 | mjames | 6879 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. |
| 30 | mjames | 6880 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. |
| 50 | mjames | 6881 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
| 6882 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6883 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
| 50 | mjames | 6884 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3 |
| 6885 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be |
||
| 6886 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6887 | * @retval None |
| 6888 | */ |
||
| 6889 | static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6890 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
| 30 | mjames | 6891 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 6892 | uint32_t tmpccmr2; |
| 6893 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6894 | |
| 6895 | /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ |
||
| 6896 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; |
||
| 6897 | tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 6898 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6899 | |||
| 6900 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 6901 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6902 | tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); |
| 30 | mjames | 6903 | |
| 6904 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 6905 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6906 | tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F); |
| 30 | mjames | 6907 | |
| 6908 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ |
||
| 6909 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6910 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP)); |
| 30 | mjames | 6911 | |
| 6912 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 6913 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; |
||
| 6914 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; |
||
| 6915 | } |
||
| 6916 | |||
| 6917 | /** |
||
| 6918 | * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source |
||
| 6919 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6920 | * @param InputTriggerSource The Input Trigger source. |
| 30 | mjames | 6921 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 6922 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 |
||
| 6923 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 |
||
| 6924 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 |
||
| 6925 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 |
||
| 6926 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector |
||
| 6927 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 |
||
| 6928 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 |
||
| 6929 | * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input |
||
| 6930 | * @retval None |
||
| 6931 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6932 | static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource) |
| 30 | mjames | 6933 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 6934 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 30 | mjames | 6935 | |
| 50 | mjames | 6936 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
| 6937 | tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; |
||
| 6938 | /* Reset the TS Bits */ |
||
| 6939 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 6940 | /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/ |
||
| 6941 | tmpsmcr |= (InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1); |
||
| 6942 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 6943 | TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6944 | } |
| 6945 | /** |
||
| 6946 | * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). |
||
| 6947 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6948 | * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler The external Trigger Prescaler. |
| 30 | mjames | 6949 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 6950 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF. |
||
| 6951 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. |
||
| 6952 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. |
||
| 6953 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6954 | * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity The external Trigger Polarity. |
| 30 | mjames | 6955 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 6956 | * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active. |
||
| 6957 | * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active. |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6958 | * @param ExtTRGFilter External Trigger Filter. |
| 30 | mjames | 6959 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F |
| 6960 | * @retval None |
||
| 6961 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6962 | static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, |
| 6963 | uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter) |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6964 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 6965 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 30 | mjames | 6966 | |
| 6967 | tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; |
||
| 6968 | |||
| 6969 | /* Reset the ETR Bits */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6970 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); |
| 30 | mjames | 6971 | |
| 6972 | /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6973 | tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8U))); |
| 30 | mjames | 6974 | |
| 6975 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 6976 | TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 6977 | } |
||
| 6978 | |||
| 6979 | /** |
||
| 6980 | * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. |
||
| 6981 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6982 | * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel |
| 30 | mjames | 6983 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 6984 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 |
||
| 6985 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 |
||
| 6986 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 |
||
| 6987 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6988 | * @param ChannelState specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. |
| 6989 | * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_DISABLE. |
||
| 30 | mjames | 6990 | * @retval None |
| 6991 | */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 6992 | static void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState) |
| 30 | mjames | 6993 | { |
| 50 | mjames | 6994 | uint32_t tmp; |
| 30 | mjames | 6995 | |
| 6996 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 6997 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); |
||
| 6998 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
| 6999 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 7000 | tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */ |
| 30 | mjames | 7001 | |
| 7002 | /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ |
||
| 7003 | TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; |
||
| 7004 | |||
| 7005 | /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ |
||
| 50 | mjames | 7006 | TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */ |
| 30 | mjames | 7007 | } |
| 7008 | |||
| 50 | mjames | 7009 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 30 | mjames | 7010 | /** |
| 50 | mjames | 7011 | * @brief Reset interrupt callbacks to the legacy weak callbacks. |
| 7012 | * @param htim pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains |
||
| 7013 | * the configuration information for TIM module. |
||
| 7014 | * @retval None |
||
| 7015 | */ |
||
| 7016 | void TIM_ResetCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 7017 | { |
||
| 7018 | /* Reset the TIM callback to the legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 61 | mjames | 7019 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; |
| 7020 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 7021 | htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; |
||
| 7022 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 7023 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; |
||
| 7024 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 7025 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; |
||
| 7026 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; |
||
| 7027 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; |
||
| 7028 | htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; |
||
| 50 | mjames | 7029 | } |
| 7030 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 7031 | |||
| 7032 | /** |
||
| 30 | mjames | 7033 | * @} |
| 7034 | */ |
||
| 7035 | |||
| 7036 | #endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ |
||
| 7037 | /** |
||
| 7038 | * @} |
||
| 7039 | */ |
||
| 7040 | |||
| 7041 | /** |
||
| 7042 | * @} |
||
| 7043 | */ |
||
| 7044 | /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ |